Ericsson Telcordia is now part of Ericsson Read more >

Full Description


    ORDERING INFORMATION

    ABSTRACT: e components provides a significant cost-savings by eliminating the need to power and service active components in the
    transmission loop.


    The new issues of GR-1209 and GR-1221 contain updated generic and reliability assurance requirements for passive optical
    components, and now have added value for system developers and component manufacturers.

    What's New?
    • Requirements for the efficient and cost-effective operation of components in various environmental conditions such as salt fog,
      water immersion, and exposure to airborne contaminants

    • Requirements for specific packaging and shipping tests

    • Aligns with general industry specifications for system developers

    • Aligns with critical NEBSTM requirements developed since the last issues of GR-1209 and
      GR-1221 were published

    • Fully aligned vibration and impact requirements to simplify testing.

    Used together, GR-1209 and GR-1221 assure that optical devices function satisfactorily for long periods under adverse
    environmental conditions.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1209"Generic Requirements for Passive Optical Components"
    GR-1221"Generic Reliability Assurance Requirements for Passive Optical Components"
    1 gr1
    3 GR-1
    4 Lightning, Radio Frequency, and 60-Hz Disturbances at the
    Regional Bell Operating Company Network Interface
    6 PS74
    5 01
    4 2003/06/26
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-EOP-000001 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-1 replaces TR-EOP-000001, Issue 1, June 1984 and Issue 2, June 1987, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document.
    It has been issued strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue
    number and date.

    GR-1 provides a description of externally caused voltages and currents that may be encountered at the Local Exchange Carriers
    (LEC's) Network Interface (NI). The document covers externally caused voltages and currents at the NI as a result of disturbances to
    the LEC communications network facilities from power systems, lightning, and radio transmitters. Although the effects of disturbances
    from power systems and lightning may be reduced by electrical protection devices in the network, Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) may
    still be subjected to voltages or currents of significant magnitudes.

    TR-EOP-000001 replaced PUB-43601.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1-CORE
    1 gr1009
    3 GR-1009
    4 Generic Requirements for Fiber Optic Clip-on Test Sets
    6 PS32
    5 01
    4 1994/11/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001009 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1009_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements and objectives for fiber optic clip-on test sets that should be met
    in order to satisfy the typical needs of Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) and other service providers.

    The document includes general operational and mechanical requirements and objectives, and performance test to compare clip-on test
    sets against the stated criteria.

    GR-1009 replaced TR-NWT-001009 and TA-NWT-001009.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1009-CORE
    1 gr1031
    3 GR-1031
    4 OTGR Section 15.6: Operations Interfaces Using OSI Tools: Test
    Access Management (A Module Of OTGR, FR-439)
    6 PS41
    5 02
    7 REV01 - Dec 1998
    4 1997/10/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 GR-1031-DISK Issue01
    7 74
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1031_ILR.i2A.pdf;GR_1031_CORE.i02r01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001031.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides the view of Telcordia on generic criteria for interfaces to support test access
    management using Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) management tools. These interfaces support functions applicable to network systems
    that support remote test access, such as Test System Controller/Remote Test Unit (TSC/RTU) and standalone Access Systems (AS).

    This document focuses on metallic and digital test access that supports a variety of service types. The document also provides the
    foundation test access model for other technologies and architectures, e.g., Integrated Digital Loop Carrier (IDLC), Fiber In The Loop
    (FITL), and Basic Rate Interface (BRI) Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN).

    Revision 1 incorporates the ability to access SONET.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1031-ILR
    GR-1031-CORE
    1 gr1042
    3 GR-1042
    4 Generic Requirements for Operations Interfaces Using OSI Tools -
    Information Model Overview: Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
    Transport Information Model
    6 PS24
    5 03
    4 1998/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001042 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1042_CORE.i03.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001042 and TR-NWT-001042-disk.

    This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the information model of the system management interface
    between Management Systems and Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Network Elements (NEs) using Open System Interconnection (OSI)
    management services and protocols.

    This document provides an overview and usage requirements for the SONET Transport Information Model, referencing object class
    definitions provided by other Telcordia GRs and standards documents. Additional information is provided to aid developers in
    understanding, implementing, and using the information model. A companion document, GR-1042-IMD, Generic Requirements for
    Operations Interfaces Using OSI Tools - Information, Model Details: Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport Information
    Model, provides detailed definition of object classes using GDMO (Guidelines for the Definition of Managed Objects) templates and
    ASN.1 (Abstract Syntax Notation - One) supporting productions.

    When using GR-1042, you may need to refer to GR-836, GR-836-IMD, and GR-1042-IMD. You may also want to refer to
    GR-253, GR-828, GR-1114, GR-1230, GR-1253, GR-1400, and SR-NWT-002436; ITU-T G. 774, M.3100, Q.821, Q.822,
    X.209, X.229, X.721, X.738, X.739, and X.744; ISO 864, 865, 954, 959, 9542, 9595, 9596, 10164, 10165, 10589, 10733, 10737, and 10742;
    and ANSI T1.119-02, T1.231, and T1.247.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1042-CORE
    1 gr1042imd
    3 GR-1042-IMD
    4 Generic Requirements for Operations Interfaces Using OSI Tools -
    Information Model Details: Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
    Transport Information Model
    6 PS24
    5 03
    4 1998/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 356
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1042_IMD.i03.pdf
    This document presents the Telcordia proposed generic requirements for the information model of the system management interface between
    management systems and Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Network Elements (NEs) using Open System Interconnection (OSI) management
    services and protocols. This document provides detailed template and supporting production definitions for the SONET Transport
    Information Model using GDMO (Guidelines for the Definition of Managed Objects) templates and ASN.1 (Abstract Syntax Notation One)
    supporting productions. A companion document, GR-1042 provides an overview and usage requirements for this model, as well as
    additional information to aid developers in understanding, implementing, and using the information model.

    Issue 3 provides a number of modifications to GR-1042. It contains updates to the BLSR Management Information Model (MIM) to
    support Non-pre-emptible Unprotected Traffic (NUT) and adoption of several revised objects from standards. Issue 3 also deprecates
    several parts of the model that have been replaced by updated objects.

    GR-1042-IMD replaced TR-NWT-001042-DISK.

    When using GR-1042-IMD, you may want to refer to GR-836, GR-836-IMD, GR-1114, and GR-1230; ISO 7498-4, 9595 (X.710),
    9596-1 (X.711), and 10165 (X.722), ITU-T G.774 and M.3100; and ANSI T1.119.
    1 gr1060
    3 GR-1060
    4 Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service (SMDS) Generic Requirements
    for Exchange Access And Intercompany Serving Arrangements
    6 PS58
    5 01
    4 1994/04/12
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSV-001060 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1060_CORE.i01.pdf
    Issue 1 of GR-1060, Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service (SMDS) Generic Requirements for Exchange Access and Intercompany Serving
    Arrangements, provides the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for Exchange Access Switched Multimegabit Data Service
    (XA-SMDS), and serving arrangements between Independent Local Exchange Carriers (ILECS) and client companies to support Switched
    Multimegabit Data Service.

    SMDS is a high-speed, connectionless, public, packet-switching service that will take LAN-like performance beyond the end-user's
    premises, across a metropolitan or wide area. In the public switched telecommunications environment, a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC)
    provides two services:
    • An exchange service provides telecommunications between end-users within an exchange area. For exchange services, the end-user
    is the customer of the LEC.
  • An exchange access service provides telecommunications for the purpose of originating or terminating interexchange services. The
  • Interexchange Carrier (IC) uses exchange access to originate and terminate telecommunications between source and destination end-users.
    The source end-user is the customer of the IC for the interexchange services. The IC is the customer of the LEC for originating and
    terminating exchange access services.
    This document includes:
    • A definition of the features of XA-SMDS
  • Client company-ILEC serving arrangements to support the features of Exchange and Exchange Access SMDS
  • The specification of the ICIP
  • Performance and quality of service objectives
  • Usage measurement requirements to support billing.
  • GR-1060 replaced TR-TSV-001060.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1060-CORE
    1 gr1063
    3 GR-1063
    4 Generic Operations Criteria in Support of Intercarrier SMDS
    6 PS58
    5 01
    4 1994/07/12
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-TSV-001063 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1063_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-TSV-001063 and TR-TSV-001063.

    Issue 1 of GR-1063, Generic Operations Criteria in Support of Intercarrier SMDS, presents the Telcordia view of proposed
    generic operations criteria for Network Elements (NEs) supporting Exchange Access Switched Multi-megabit Data Service (XA-SMDS) and
    SMDS serving arrangements between a client company and an Independent Local Exchange Carrier (ILEC) as defined in GR-1060.

    SMDS is a high-speed, connectionless, public, packet-switching service that will take LAN-like performance beyond the end-user's
    premises, across a wide area. The communications entities interconnected by SMDS include Local Area Networks (LANs), host systems, and
    user workstations.

    This document provides NE operations criteria to support intercarrier SMDS in a single-SS, LEC network environment. It adds
    functional criteria needed per GR-1060. The operations criteria contained in this GR pertain to the Inter-Carrier Interface (ICI) for
    SMDS. Also included are a number of SNI-related operations functions necessary to support intercarrier SMDS.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1063-CORE
    1 gr1073
    3 GR-1073
    4 Generic Requirements for Single-Mode Fiber Optic Switches
    6 PS32
    5 02
    4 2011/11/04
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001073 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1073_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document provides the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for single-mode, fiber optic switches. GR-1073, Issue 2,
    covers optical switching technologies that are currently available. Optical switching technology is driven by the need to provide
    flexibility in optical network connectivity.

    This GR provides an overview of commercially available switching technologies, provides a set of default generic criteria for those
    technologies, and recommends test procedures to determine the conformance or nonconformance of the product to the manufacturer's
    specifications and/or the default generic criteria contained in this document. The generic criteria in this document are intended for
    optical switches used in telecommunication service provider optical networks, network switching and provisioning equipment, and optical
    test equipment.

    GR-1073 proposes generic requirements for optical switching components to help promote the satisfactory operation of these
    components in single-mode fiber transmission networks, and to permit economical planning and engineering of these networks.

    This document describes characteristics, desired features, performance requirements, and performance tests for analyzing single-mode
    switches. Multimode switches are not considered in this document.

    What's New in Issue 2:
    • Aligns with the most recent issues of GR-1209, Issue 4, Generic Requirements for Passive Optical Components, and
    GR-1221, Issue 3, Generic Reliability Assurance Requirements for Passive Optical Components
  • Provides a more accurate picture of switch performance characteristics required for satisfactory switch implementation
  • Criteria have been grouped for protection switching and for maintenance switching
  • Performance windows and criteria have been updated to match the performance levels being used in 2011
  • Initial performance testing of switch samples has been introduced.
  • Issue 2 of GR-1073, Generic Requirements for Singlemode Fiber Optic Switches, replaces Issue 1. GR-1073 replaced TR-NWT-001073.

    When using GR-1073, you may need to refer to GR-20, GR-63, GR-326, GR-357, GR-468, GR-1221, and
    GR-1435.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1073-CORE
    1 gr1081
    3 GR-1081
    4 Generic Requirements for Field-Mountable Optical Fiber Connectors
    6 PS32
    5 02
    4 2010/10/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001081 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $545.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1081_CORE.i02.pdf
    Optical fiber connectors are used to join optical fibers where a connect/disconnect capability is required. Optical fiber connectors
    are also used in telephone company central offices, at installations on customer premises, and in outside plant applications. Their
    uses include making the connection between equipment and the telephone plant, optical cross-connects, and connecting optical test
    equipment to the plant. The basic connector unit is a connector assembly that consists of an adapter and two connector plugs. Field
    Mountable Optical Fiber Connector assemblies can be broken up into two major categories: 1) Single- Jointed Connector Assemblies, and
    2) Multiple-Jointed Connector Assemblies.

    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for field-mountable, single-mode optical fiber connectors. In the
    Telcordia view, these requirements shall be met for field-mountable connectors for use in a telecommunications environment.
    Issue 2 of GR-1081, Generic Requirements for Field-Mountable Optical Fiber Connectors, replaces Issue 1.
    GR-1081 has been reissued to remain consistent with recent updates to GR-326, Issue 4, Generic Requirements for Singlemode
    Optical Connectors and Jumper Assemblies, March 2010.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-001081 and TR-NWT-001081.

    When using GR-1081, you may need to refer to GR-326.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1081-CORE
    1 gr1083
    3 GR-1083
    4 Generic Requirements for Exchange Access Automatic Message
    Accounting (AMA), FSD 20-25-0000
    6 PS13
    5 05
    4 2004/09/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001083 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1083_CORE.i05.pdf
    GR-1083 presents the latest changes to Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) data generation requirements in network switching systems.
    These systems provide the switched services segment of exchange access service. Switched access services provide, by way of the Local
    Exchange Carrier (LEC), access to the local exchange portion of the Public Switched Network. This document contains:
    • Exchange access requirements to respond to increasing competition within the telecommunications industry, focusing on
    • AMA for network interconnection and wholesale billing
  • Addressing call jurisdiction considerations
  • Carrier billing
  • Bill validation applications.
  • Enhancements to network interconnection and exchange access recording capabilities that impact LEC revenue such as local
  • interconnection usage that goes unbilled, often because measurements are not in place to capture information related to all forms
    of interconnection traffic.

    Equipment suppliers will avoid the need for retrofitting their interconnection call detail recording (CDR) procedures to meet LEC
    customized needs (Telcordia has figured this out and documented it in this GR). Potential cost savings are $150K to $200K.

    Service Providers will receive a complete and consistent set of exchange access CDR information from each equipment supplier
    (thereby significantly simplifying carrier access billing system [CABS] processing). Potential annual recurring savings is
    estimated to be about $100K to $150K per year.

    Local Service Providers will find the AMA requirements in this document critical in order to receive revenue from local
    interconnection usage.

    Issue 5 contains:
    • Clarifications and additions to requirements for recording originating numbers in originating and terminating AMA records when
    one or more Signaling System No. 7 (SS7) parameters are received identifying the call's originating number
  • Updates to requirements for recording Terminating (called party) Numbering Plan Area (NPA) information for when calls are received
  • with seven-digit terminating numbers.
  • Updates for recording information received in the SS7 Originating Line Information Parameter.
  • This document replaces TA-NWT-0001083.

    Issue 5 of GR-1083, Generic Requirements for Exchange Access Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) (FSD 20-25-0000), replaces
    Issue 4.

    When using GR-1083, you may need to refer to GR-508, GR-1100, GR-317, GR-394, GR-506, GR-533, GR-862,
    GR-1298, GR-2936, GR-2970. You may also want to refer to GR-534, GR-690, GR-692, GR-698, GR-1147,
    GR-1504, GR-2892, GR-3012, GR-3058, and/or ATIS TRQ No. 2.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1083-CORE
    1 gr1087
    3 GR-1087
    4 Generic Requirements for Common Channel Signaling (CCS) Network
    Usage Measurement Functionality
    6 PS14
    5 02
    4 2000/12/29
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001087 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1087_CORE.i02.pdf
    Issue 2 of GR-1087, Generic Requirements for Common Channel Signaling (CCS) Network Usage Measurement Functionality, replaces Issue 1.

    This Generic Requirements document (GR) provides proposed requirements for network capabilities that support the collection of
    measurements for CCS network usage. To support the collection of CCS usage measurements, new network functionality is needed since the
    current network usage measurement capabilities do not capture CCS network usage.

    The usage measurement functionality defined in this GR is mainly intended for collecting measurements for CCS messages that are sent
    to or received from other CCS network providers. This document refers to these measurements as internetwork CCS usage measurements. CCS
    usage measurements can be used by a company to produce and support invoices sent to interconnecting CCS network providers for use of
    its CCS network facilities. In addition, these measurements can be used for intracompany purposes (e.g., for cost allocation within a
    network or for network engineering) or to verify an invoice that it receives from another CCS network provider (i.e., bill
    verification).

    The generic requirements contained in this document support only CCS usage measurements (e.g., measurements of the CCS messages
    passed between the two switching systems). They do not support measurements for circuit usage or measurements for application
    processing at switching systems or SCPs. Usage measurement requirements for circuit usage are contained in other requirements
    documents. For example, the usage measurements for CCS-based call detail records can be found in Issue 2 of GR-3012-CORE. The areas
    of this document that have undergone significant changes since GR-1087-CORE, Issue 1, are as follows:
    • Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 have been updated to remove all references to implementation (at a STP or a stand alone adjunct) of the
    CCS network usage measurement functionality.
  • Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 have been updated to remove all references and requirements for detailed (single message) recording.
  • Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 have been updated to include new requirements for Trunk Group Number aggregation, SS7 Global Title
  • aggregation, and Calling and Called Subsystem numbers aggregation.

    GR-1087 replaces FA-TSY-001045 and TR-NWT-001087.

    When using GR-1087, you may need to refer to GR-82, GR-284, GR-385, TA-TSY-000387, TR-TSY-000827, GR-828,
    GR-833, GR-508, and/or GR-1343. You may also want to refer to GR-246, GR-317, GR-394, TR-NWT-000444,
    GR-1100, and/or GR-3012.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1087-CORE
    1 gr1089
    3 GR-1089
    4 Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrical Safety - Generic
    Criteria for Network Telecommunications Equipment
    6 PS81
    5 07
    4 2017/12/28
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001089 Issue02
    7 280
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 Contact
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    6 FD-NEBS-01
    7 ROADMAP_TO_NEBS_1.i07.pdf;GR_1089_CORE.i07.pdf

    Telecommunications service providers use GR-1089 to ensure that their telecommunications equipment meets the Electromagnetic
    Compatibility (EMC) and electrical safety criteria necessary to perform safely and reliably. The NEBS criteria in this document covers
    equipment in Central Offices (COs); equipment in the Outside Plant (OSP) at locations such as Controlled Environmental Vaults (CEVs),
    Electronic Equipment Enclosures (EEEs), wireless applications and huts; equipment in uncontrolled structures such as cabinets; and
    network equipment at the customer premises.

    Telecommunications equipment, by nature of its application in the telecommunications network, may be exposed to one or more sources
    of electromagnetic energy. The system-level generic criteria for EMC presented in this NEBS document are intended to help avoid
    equipment damage and malfunction because of lightning, 60-Hz commercial power fault conditions, Electrostatic Discharge (ESD),
    Electrical Fast Transient (EFT), Electromagnetic Interference (EMI), operation in the presence of a DC potential difference, and
    operation in a steady-state induced voltage environment. Safe voltage levels for intentionally applied sources, electrochemical
    corrosion effects, grounding, and DC powering are considered as well.

    GR-1089 applies to wireless systems providing fixed services that are installed in locations with telecommunications network
    equipment or information technology networking equipment. It also applies to equipment that is mounted outside the facility and whose
    antennas are integrally mounted or mounted on the roof or on an antenna mast.

    All sections of GR-1089 have been revised since Issue 6 was published in May 2011. The most extensive technical changes are listed
    below:
    • The test methods in Section 2,
    "System-Level Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) and Electrical Fast Transient (EFT)," have been
    updated for clarity.
  • The test methods in Section 3,
  • "Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)," have been updated for clarity. Radiated emissions limits have
    been extended up to 40 GHz.
  • The test methods in Section 4,
  • "Lightning and Power Fault," have been updated for clarity.
  • The safety criteria in Section 7,
  • "Electrical and Optical Safety Criteria," have been updated.
  • Appendix D,
  • "Radiated Immunity in the millimeter Wave (mmW) Frequency Ranges - Informative Annex," is a new appendix that provides,
    for informational purposes, a test procedure for mmW radiated immunity testing.
  • Appendix E,
  • "Section 4 First-Level Lightning Criteria Discussion," is a new appendix that discusses the rationale for the
    requirements in Section 4.

    GR-1089, Issue 7, is a companion document to GR-63, Issue 5, NEBS Requirements: Physical Protection.

    Issue 7 of GR-1089 replaces Issue 6 and is a module of FD-NEBS-01.

    When using GR-1089, you may want to refer to these other related NEBS equipment protection requirements documents: GR-63,
    SR-3580, GR-78, GR-357, GR-487, GR-2930, GR-3180, GR-3171, GR-3160, and various standards and industry
    forum documentation.
    Components of this product are:
    ROADMAP-TO-NEBS-1"Telcordia Roadmap to NEBS Documents...FREE"
    GR-1089-CORE
    1 gr1093
    3 GR-1093
    4 Generic State Requirements for Network Elements
    6 PS42
    5 03
    4 2010/07/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001093 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1093_CORE.i03.pdf
    This Generic Requirements document (GR) presents generic state requirements for Network Elements (NEs). The generic requirements
    defined in this document facilitate cross domain network management and promote a multi-vendor environment. The standard definitions
    and mappings allow Operations Systems to gather state information from NEs and integrate it into a consistent representation of the
    status of the entire managed network and each of the services that it supports.

    GR-1093 is the reference document that defines all state and status variables for network elements and each individual NE component
    and supported interfaces channels, and data flows. Previous issues of GR-1093 have defined the long-standing Telcordia State Model and
    mapped it to the International Standards Organization (ISO) State Model in ISO/IEC 10164-2 and ITU-T Recommendation 731.

    Issue 3 adds coverage of five commonly used state models used for networking technologies (Internet, Wireless, Cable TV) that have
    converged with traditional telecommunications over the last decade:
    • IETF RFC 2863 and RFC 4268
  • DOCSYS 3.0
  • MEF 7.1
  • 3GPP TS 32.671
  • Issue 3 maps each one back to the Telcordia and International Standards Organization (ISO) State Models to allow integration of state
    information across diverse network infrastructures.

    GR-1093 replaces TR-NWT-001093 and TA-NWT-001093.

    Issue 3 of GR-1093, Generic State Requirements for Network Elements (NEs), replaces Issue 2.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1093-CORE
    1 gr1095
    3 GR-1095
    4 Generic Requirements for Multi-Fiber Splicing Systems for
    Single-Mode Optical Fibers
    6 PS17
    5 02
    4 1996/11/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001095 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1095_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001095 and TR-NWT-001095.

    This document identifies the Telcordia view of generic technical requirements for analyzing multi-fiber splicing systems. Included
    in this document are the requirements, desired features, characteristics and objectives for multi -fiber mechanical and multi -fiber
    fusion splicing systems and the recommended test method for comparing the product against the stated requirements.

    When using GR-1095, you may need to refer to GR-765, GR-20, GR-63, GR-1009, GR-1089, GR-1380, ASTM G21,
    and/or some EIA/TIA 455 FOTPs. You may also want to refer to GR-264, GR-409, GR-454, GR-839, GR-955,
    TR-NWT-001196, and/or GR-2853.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1095-CORE
    1 gr110
    3 GR-110
    4 Generic Requirements for Thermoplastic Insulated Steam Resistant
    Cable
    6 PS33
    5 01
    4 1994/08/10
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-000110 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_110_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-000110.

    This document contains the Telcordia view of the requirements for Thermoplastic Insulated Steam Resistant Metallic Cable, used in
    proximity of a steam distribution system in the outside plant area of a Local Exchange Carrier's (LEC's) distribution networks. The
    document includes functional design criteria, mechanical and electrical generic requirements, and test methods for comparing the
    product against the stated requirements.

    When using GR-110, you may need to refer to GR-421, GR-492 and several ASTM specifications. You may also want to refer to
    GR-1252 and/or ISO 9000 and 9004 documents.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-110-CORE
    1 gr1100
    3 GR-1100
    4 Billing Automatic Message Accounting Format (BAF) Generic
    Requirements
    6 PS13
    5 17
    4 2012/12/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001100 Issue02
    7 2510
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $895.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1100_CORE.i17.pdf
    Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) is the process that generates data from which customers and carriers are billed for their use of
    network services and capabilities. GR-1100 contains requirements for the Billing AMA Format (BAF) information recorded to support a
    full range of local exchange carrier services. This document has been designed to support the BAF information needs of a broad
    audience, including, but not limited to, telecommunications equipment suppliers, and Local Exchange Carriers (LECs).

    It is intended for planners of new services and capabilities for which billing is usage-based; for designers, developers, and
    implementers; and for individuals involved in AMA operations.

    GR-1100 is the authoritative source for the BAF formats that are processed within the billing systems of all major United States
    LECs. BAF is the preferred format for all AMA data generated for processing by a LEC Revenue Accounting Office (RAO). The BAF
    requirements in this document describe the AMA elements needed to support a complete spectrum of services and technologies, including
    local and network interconnection services, operator services, toll-free services, Intelligent Network database services, wireline and
    wireless call recording, IP addressing, and broadband data services.

    GR-1100 is the only available updated document that defines the BAF recordings generated for call scenarios. It describes the
    possible groupings of BAF structures and modules that form BAF records, the connection between service/technology and call type, how
    call type and call conditions determine what structure and modules (if any) are selected for generation of a BAF record, and how the
    characteristics of the calling/called addresses as well as the services provided are factors in module generation.

    Issue 17:
    • Updates numerous Tables and Module Codes throughout the document
  • Updates Section 6,
  • "Telcordia Documents with BAF Requirements," related to elements referencing GR-3058, Next Generation
    Networks (NGN) Accounting Management Generic Requirements
  • Updates Section 7,
  • "Index of Changes," which documents changes to BAF elements
  • Aligns terminology and text with GR-3058
  • Updates the BAF Table, Structure Code, Call Type Code, and Module Code Index identifying elements that were updated in this Issue
  • 17.

    GR-1100 replaces TR-NWT-001100.

    GR-1100-CORE, Issue 17, Billing Automatic Message Accounting Format (BAF) Generic Requirements, replaces Issue 16.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1100-CORE
    1 gr1102
    3 GR-1102
    4 OTGR Section 15.8: Generic Operations Interfaces Using OSI Tools:
    Access and Testing Management
    6 PS41
    5 03
    4 1998/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 GR-1102-DISK Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1102_CORE.i03.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001102.

    This document presents the view of Telcordia on proposed generic requirements for test access and testing management using the Open
    Systems Interconnection (OSI) Management services and protocols. The functions described are applicable to operations and network
    systems that support remote testing.

    This document provides preliminary descriptions of an information model to support an operations interface between a network
    management system and a managed system, for example, a Testing Operations System (TOS) and a Test System Controller (TSC).

    The information model defined in this GR supports a corresponding subset of Transaction Language One (TL1) messages that are defined
    in GR-834, OTGR Section 12.4: Network Maintenance: Access and Testing Messages.

    The object classes proposed here may be regarded as superclasses from which subclasses can be refined for specific applications. DDS
    Testing has been added to Issue 3, along with other clarifications.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1102-CORE
    1 gr111
    3 GR-111
    4 Generic Requirements for Thermoplastic Insulated Riser Cable
    6 PS33
    5 01
    4 1995/07/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000111 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_111_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TR-TSY-000111.

    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for thermoplastic insulated telecommunications cables intended
    primarily for unpressurized use in commercial and telephone buildings. These cables, namely, Standard Riser Cable and Data Grade Riser
    Cable, shall be listed
    under National Electrical Code, Section 800, Type CMR, as meeting fire resistance requirements for use in vertical shafts and shall be
    marked to indicate compliance or shall meet the requirements of"Network Equipment Building Systems NEBS(TM) Generic Requirements."

    Components of this product are:
    GR-111-CORE
    1 gr1110
    3 GR-1110
    4 Broadband Switching System (BSS) Generic Requirements
    6 PS15 PS58
    5 04
    4 2000/12/26
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001110 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1110_CORE.i04.pdf
    Issue 4 of GR-1110, Broadband Switching System (BSS) Generic Requirements, replaces Issue 3.

    GR-1110 provides the requirements for a Broadband Switching System (BSS) to support the following services on a common Asynchronous
    Transfer Mode (ATM) platform:
    • Permanent Virtual Connection (PVC) Cell Relay Service
  • Switched Virtual Connection (SVC) Cell Relay Service
  • Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS)
  • PVC Frame Relay Service
  • DS1/DS3 Circuit Emulation Service.
  • Requirements are also provided to allow interworking between broadband networks and narrowband networks for some limited capabilities,
    specifically voice over ATM and n x 64 kbps data over ATM.

    The BSS as defined by the requirements in this GR pertain to an integrated system, i.e., the call control, connection control, and
    switching fabric functionality are all contained within one physical system. This is in contrast to a modular system where call
    control, connection control, and the ATM switching fabric functionality are contained in two or more physical systems interconnected by
    open interfaces.

    The requirements in this GR allow a BSS to act as a local office (i.e., serving users), a tandem office (i.e., switching network
    facilities), or a combined local/tandem office.

    This document is intended as a central point for all requirements pertaining to a BSS. In some cases, the actual requirements are
    contained in this GR while, in other cases, this GR simply points to other requirements documents. In particular, this GR provides
    requirements for
    • ATM switching, including requirements for ATM multicast switching capabilities
  • BSS interfaces, including User-Network Interfaces (UNIs) and intranetwork interswitch interfaces based on DSn and Synchronous
  • Optical Network (SONET) transmission systems
  • Call/connection processing functions such as code interpretation and routing
  • Traffic control and congestion control
  • BSS performance objectives and reliability objectives
  • Usage measurements for billing
  • Service-specific (i.e., PVC Cell Relay Service, SVC Cell Relay Service, SMDS, PVC Frame Relay Service, and DS1/DS3 Circuit
  • Emulation Service) requirements that allow these services to be provided over an ATM connection.
    This issue of GR-1110 replaces Issue 3, December 1999. Telcordia has solicited and received comments from suppliers and potential
    users. Progress in the ATM/Broadband network standards, and the ATM Forum specifications has provided further input. New considerations
    relating to Local Exchange Company (LEC) service needs have also been identified.

    As a result of these developments, the following major updates have been made to Section 10 (Usage Information to Support Billing)
    of Issue 4 of GR-1110:
    • Added requirements for usage measurements for internetwork ATM SPVC connections
  • Added requirements in support of the Network Call Correlation Identifier
  • Added procedures for usage measurements for Transit SVCs
  • Added requirements for usage measurements of Quality of Service Delivered (QoSD)
  • Added procedures for usage measurements of voice services in ATM networks
  • GR-1110 replaced FA-NWT-001110, and TA-NWT-001110.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1110-CORE
    1 gr1111
    3 GR-1111
    4 Broadband Access Signaling Generic Requirements
    6 PS15 PS58
    5 02
    4 1996/10/02
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001111 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1111_ILR.i2A.pdf;GR_1111_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001111.

    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for supporting Switched Virtual Connection (SVC) capabilities
    at a Broadband user-network interface. The generic requirements allow a Broadband Switching System (BSS) to offer various types of
    SVC services to Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) users.

    These services include cell relay point-to-point as well as point-to-multipoint switched virtual channel connections. The generic
    requirements cover the switch functions, messages, procedures, and parameters that, in the view of Telcordia are necessary to support
    SVC capabilities at the user-network interface of a BSS. Thus, not only are signaling aspects covered, but other switch requirements
    needed in conjunction with signaling are detailed.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1111-CORE
    GR-1111-ILR
    1 gr1113
    3 GR-1113
    4 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Adaptation Layer (AAL)
    Protocols
    6 PS15
    5 01
    4 1994/07/14
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001113 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1113_CORE.i01.pdf
    Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) is a connection-oriented packet-like switching and multiplexing principle. ATM has been chosen by the
    ITU-T and Committee T1 as the information transfer mode for Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN), and is also being
    implemented for Local Area Network applications.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for the ATM layer and ATM Adaptation
    Layer (AAL) protocols to be used in ATM equipment. The document concentrates on the generic requirements for the protocols of the ATM
    Layer and AAL as they operate across the User Network Interface (UNI) and the Network Node Interface (NNI).

    Five AAL protocols to support the following services are presented:
    • Unstructured Constant Bit Rate (CBR) service (the AAL1 protocol)
  • Variable Bit Rate (VBR) service (the AAL3/4 Common Part protocol)
  • Variable Bit Rate (VBR) service (the AAL5 Common Part protocol)
  • Frame Relay Service (the Frame Relaying Service Specific AAL protocol, which utilizes the AAL Common Part)
  • User Network Interface (UNI) signaling service (the UNI Signaling AAL protocol, which utilizes the AAL Common Part)
  • GR-1113 replaced TA-NWT-001113 and SR-NWT-001763.

    When using GR-1113, you may need to refer to GR-499, GR-1110, GR-1111, TR-NWT-001112, and/or ITU-T Q.2110 and
    Q.2130. You may also want to refer to GR-436 and/or GR-1248.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1113-CORE
    1 gr1114
    3 GR-1114
    4 Generic Operations Interface Requirements: ATM Information Model
    6 PS42 PS15
    5 04
    4 1999/01/03
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1114_CORE.i04.pdf
    This document presents proposed generic requirements for operations interfaces used to manage Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Network
    Elements (NEs). Specifically, this document defines the information model needed to support the exchange of ATM NE management
    information over a generic operations interface.

    The information model defined here is applicable to operations interfaces that expose an ATM NE view for management, including
    interfaces between Operations Systems (OS's) and ATM NEs as well as between Network Management Systems (NMS's) and Element Management
    Systems (EMS's).

    Issue 4 of this document reflects the requirements proposed in GR-1248-CORE, Issue 4. It also reflects progress made in the
    areas of national and international standards on ATM, such as ATM Forum M4 NE View Requirements and Logical MIB, Version 2, ATM Forum
    Traffic Management 4.0, and ITU-T Recommendation Q.824.6. Issue 4 also includes, on a separate floppy disk, an ASCII formatted version
    of the ATM NE information model that may be used as input to an ASN.1 compiler.

    This document completely replaces GR-1114, Issue 3 and its revision.

    GR-1114 replaced TA-NWT-001114.

    When using GR-1114, you may need to refer to GR-1093, GR-1110, GR-1248, and/or GR-1379. You may also want to refer
    to TR-NWT-000835, GR-836-IMD, TR-TSV-001064, TR-TSV-001235, GR-1253, GR-2897, and GR-2915; ITU-T G.774,
    I.610, M.3100Q.751.1, Q2752.1, Q824.6, and X.283; ISO/IEC 10164 and 10165; and several ATM Forum documents.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1114-CORE
    1 gr1115
    3 GR-1115
    4 BISDN Inter Carrier Interface (B-ICI) Generic Requirements
    6 PS15 PS58
    5 02
    4 1995/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001115 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1115_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001115.

    A Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (BISDN) Intercarrier Interface (B-ICI) is defined as an Asynchronous Transfer Mode
    (ATM)-based multi-service interface that connects public ATM switches of two different carriers or network providers. For example, a
    B-ICI provides connectivity between a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) and an nterExchange Carrier (IEC).

    The B-ICI is a multi-service interface and supports: Permanent Virtual Connection (PVC), Cell Relay Service (CRS), and Circuit
    Emulation Service (SMDS). A multi service B-ICI can be configured to support either one service or any combination of the services
    mentioned to meet the traffic needs.

    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for a multi-service B-ICI. This GR should be viewed as a
    supplement to the ATM Forum's (an international public body consisting of telecommunications industry segments representing carriers,
    network providers, manufactures, customer premises equipment, and users) B-ICI Specification. The ATM Forum specification focuses on
    use of B-ICI for intercarrier connectivity. The B-ICI generic requirements in this document will also apply when a B-ICI is used as an
    intracarrier interface to connect two ATM broadband switching systems belonging to the same network provider.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1115-CORE
    1 gr1117
    3 GR-1117
    4 Generic Requirements for Exchange PVC CRS Customer Network
    Management Service
    6 PS15 PS58
    5 01
    4 1994/07/08
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-TSV-001117 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1117_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for Exchange Permanent Virtual Connection (PVC) Cell Relay Service
    (CRS) Customer Network Management (CNM) service. The CNM service provides customers with the ability to manage their access to and use
    of Local Exchange Carrier (LEC)-provided services such as Exchange PVC CRS and certain aspects of the LEC network supporting those
    services.

    The PVC CRS CNM service capabilities described in this GR are based on the existing PVC CRS and ATM network requirements.

    GR-1117 replaced TA-TSV-001117.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1117-CORE
    1 gr1129
    3 GR-1129
    4 AINGR: Switch - Intelligent Peripheral Interface (IPI)
    6 PS52
    5 08
    4 2003/11/19
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001129 Issue03
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1129_CORE.i08.pdf
    Issue 8 of GR-1129, AINGR: Switch - Intelligent Peripheral Interface (IPI) replaces Issue 7.

    This GR provides the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for an AIN Service Switching Point (SSP) to support interfaces
    to an AIN Intelligent Peripheral (IP). An SSP is a switch with the capability to query external service applications or databases to
    continue processing a call or continue offering a service to an end user. An AIN SSP queries AIN Service Control Points (SCPs) or AIN
    Adjuncts to obtain this processing data. AIN SSP capability can reside on End Offices (EOs), Access Tandems (ATs), or EO/ATs. Due to
    the SSP-IP interface, and to this connectivity of the switch with SCPs and Adjuncts, the capabilities required in this document allow
    the IP to exchange data not only with the SSP but with the SCP and Adjunct via the SSP.

    The IP is used to provide information to a network user and/or to collect information from a network user via a circuit-switched
    bearer connection. A range of devices other than an IP may communicate with an SSP, SCP, or Adjunct by using the Intelligent Peripheral
    Interface (IPI) as described in this GR. A functional model of an IP is provided to assist in describing the interfaces; it is not
    intended to suggest any particular implementation.

    The purpose of this GR is to inform industry, including IP suppliers, switching system suppliers, Operations System (OS) suppliers,
    SCP and Adjunct suppliers, service creators, and others of the Telcordia view of proposed SSP generic requirements to support the
    interface to an AIN IP. The proposed generic requirements reflect the needs of Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) that have participated
    with Telcordia in this work. This GR is not intended to imply an implementation.

    This GR contains the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for the AIN SSP for supporting:
    • The interface between an IP and an AIN SSP. The interface described by the proposed generic requirements may be used by an IP
    or by any other device that conforms to the interface.
  • The interface between an IP and an AIN SSP to which the IP does not have a direct Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
  • connection.
    This GR also includes suggested formats for parameter encodings for:
    • Certain fields in messages that are used between an SCP/Adjunct and an SSP for exchanging information with an IP.
  • Certain fields in messages to support AIN operations such as maintenance (e.g., IP out of service) and security.
  • Data needed for Automatic Message Accounting (AMA).

  • Issue 8 of GR-1129-CORE updates information in Section 4, and 5. GR-1129 replaced TA-NWT-001129 and TA-TSY-000923.

    When using GR-1129, you may need to refer to GR-268, TR-NWT-000864, TR-NWT-001268, GR-1290, GR-1299,
    GR-2823. You may also need to refer to GR-63, GR-317, GR-394, TR-NWT-000444, GR-508, GR-520, GR-840,
    TR-TSY-000847, GR-853, TR-TSY-000856, GR-858, TR-TSY-000859, TR-TSY-000860, GR-1089, TR-NWT-001187,
    GR-1270, GR-1310, GR-2865 and/or certain ITU-T recommendations.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1129-CORE
    1 gr1143
    3 GR-1143
    4 OSSGR Sections 2-5: Overview of Network Plan, Features, and Call
    Processing
    6 PS16
    5 01
    4 1998/03/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1143_CORE.i01.pdf

    GR-1143, OSSGR Section 2-5: Overview of Network Plan, Features, and Call Processing, Issue 1, provides an overview of the
    operator services system's network plan, features, and call processing. It contains basic call processing requirements of the operator
    services system along with a description of its system architecture.

    This document gives a detailed description of the operator services network plan and system architecture. It also describes and
    indexes features and describes the basic call processing requirements of the operator services system.

    The operator services system is a call processing switching system for a telephone company. It provides capabilities for both fully
    automated operator services and operator-assisted operator services. These include automatic call distribution, recording of billing
    details, information retrieval, and call completion.

    The operator services system shall provide for the addition of new services and the future migration of selected services to or from
    other network elements, such as end offices. When implementing the operator services system, some end office modifications may be
    desirable, but none shall be mandatory. The system shall be compatible with current network arrangements.

    The operator services system is an access tandem switching system (see GR-540-CORE, LSSGR Tandem Supplement) with
    operator services capabilities. It shall be capable of serving only operator services traffic as a stand-alone operator services
    application. It shall also be capable of serving as a combined operator system and a LATA and/or access tandem serving both operator
    services and non-operator services (e.g., Direct Distance Dialing [DDD]) traffic in a combined application. Furthermore, it shall be
    capable of supporting a Universal Operator System (UOS) Concept, as well as dedicated applications, such as Directory Assistance.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1143-CORE
    1 gr1144
    3 GR-1144
    4 OSSGR Section 6: Signaling
    6 PS16
    5 03
    4 2001/08/17
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001144 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1144_CORE.i03.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001144.

    Issue 3 of GR-1144, OSSGR Section 6: Signaling, replaces Issue 2.

    GR-1144 contains the trunk and line signaling generic requirements for the operator services system. Some of these signaling
    requirements are identical to access tandem requirements; they are referenced in Sections 2 through 4. Sections 5 through 11 describe
    those requirements that are unique to the operator services system. Signaling requirements for interfaces with other network elements,
    such as the interface between the Core System and databases, are contained in GR-1149. Issue 3 of GR-1144 reflects the following
    changes:
    • Issue 3 describes Bearer Independent Call Control (BICC) signaling and the call scenarios in which BICC signaling is used.
    BICC signaling is used to establish, process, and release calls over an Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) or Internet Protocol (IP)
    backbone network.
  • Issue 3 references the BICC generic requirements in GR-3100 for call scenarios in which BICC signaling is used, rather than
  • ISUP signaling.
  • Issue 3 refers to logical traffic groups, rather than physical trunk groups, whenever BICC signaling is used.
  • Issue 3 includes the Intercept codepoints and terminology that were adopted in ANSI T1 standards. To be consistent with ANSI
    standards, Issue 3 removes the conditional requirements associated with the signaling of the Local Service Provider Identifier (LSPI).

    GR-505, GR-690, GR-692, GR-1142, GR-1144, and GR-1147 replaced TA-TSY-001052.

    When using GR-1144, you may need to refer to GR-506, GR-317, GR-394, GR-532, GR-692, and/or GR-3100. You
    may also want to refer to TR-NWT-000444, GR-505, GR-528, GR-531, GR-540, GR-690, TR-NWT-001050,
    GR-1143, GR-1149, GR-1156, GR-1162, GR-1173, GR-1175, GR-1277, GR-2857, GR-2959, and
    GR-2974.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1144-CORE
    1 gr1147
    3 GR-1147
    4 OSSGR Section 8: Administration
    6 PS16
    5 05
    4 2005/08/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001147 Issue01
    7 122
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1147_CORE.i05.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-0001147.

    Issue 5 of GR-1147, OSSGR Section 8: Administration, replaces Issue 4.

    GR-1147 describes administration requirements specifically applicable to a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) operator services system.
    The requirements are coordinated with call processing requirements for operator services system functions and features. They apply to
    all operator services system services, whether provided automatically or by an operator.

    These requirements apply to an operator services system generating, assembling, formatting, and outputting AMA data for use by a
    Revenue Accounting Office (RAO). A LEC uses AMA data as the basis for billing end users and other entities, such as InterLATA Carriers
    (ICs), for their usage of a LEC's network and its services.

    Issue 4 of GR-1147 included updates to the force measurements generic requirements to support existing operating services, such as
    alternate billing services and directory assistance, and new multimedia services, such as text chat and e-mail.

    Issue 5 of GR-1147:
    • Incorporates background on the numeric RAO code exhaust and the introduction of alphanumeric RAO codes that resulted in
    industry agreements on the use of Billing Service Provider (BSP) to house the RAO code
  • Adds a definition and explanatory text for the BSP field in LIDB.
  • When using GR-1147, you may need to refer to GR-508, GR-1173, GR-1174, GR-1175, GR-1176, and/or GR-1177. You
    may also want to refer to GR-385, GR-394, GR-454, GR-478, GR-1100, GR-1143, TR-NWT-001148, GR-1149,
    TR-NWT-001155, GR-1156, GR-1157, GR-1158, GR-1162, GR-1163, GR-2932, and/or GR-2936.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1147-CORE
    1 gr1149
    3 GR-1149
    4 OSSGR Section 10: System Interfaces
    6 PS16
    5 07
    4 2008/12/29
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001149 Issue02
    7 296
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1149_CORE.i07.pdf
    This document describes, by traffic function, the additional analog trunk interface requirements placed on the operator services system
    beyond those given in GR-540. The required signaling and pulsing characteristics for each additional trunk type are also provided.

    This document details the information contained in the SS7 Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP) messages exchanged
    between an operator services system Core System and LIDB or billing validation database. This includes generic requirements for each
    query and response message and associated message elements for core system-to-LIDB communications.

    Issue 7 includes:
    • TCAP IDs for two (2) newly defined standard elements, which are retrievable from LIDB via GetData, and other wireless and
    IP-based protocols (e.g., LDAP) via protocol conversion: Extended Name (EN) String and EN Presentation Indicator. The Extended Name may
    be retrieved for the CLASS Calling Name Delivery feature where longer names could be supported in signaling and CPE, as well as for
    various GetData and IP-based applications.
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001149.

    Issue 7 of GR-1149, OSSGR Section 10: System Interfaces, replaces Issue 6.

    When using GR-1149, you may need to refer to GR-1147, GR-1158, and GR-1163. You may also want to refer to GR-246,
    GR-385, GR-510, GR-531, GR-532, GR-540, GR-690, GR-1100, GR-1142, GR-1144, GR-1156,
    GR-1173, GR-1174, GR-1176, GR-1177, GR-1188, GR-2838, and/or GR-2936.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1149-CORE
    1 gr115
    3 GR-115
    4 Generic Requirements for Inter-City PIC Screened Cable (Filled,
    ASP Bonded, STALPETH, and Bonded PASP)
    6 PS33
    5 01
    4 1995/07/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000117 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_115_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document details the construction and generic requirements for low capacitance filled telecommunication cable intended for use
    with digital systems in direct burial applications in intercity and outstate trunks in rural and suburban areas. The conductors are 24
    AWG (American Wire Gauge) solid copper, covered with a foam/skin plastic insulating compound. The insulated conductors are twisted into
    pairs. The normal pairs are assembled into 12-, 13-, and 25- pair units or into 50- or 75- pair multiunits. In addition, service pair
    units of 4 to 22 pairs are assembled for inclusion into the cable. The standard units plus a service pair unit and a metallic screen
    are assembled into a core. The screen separates the two halves of the core for two-way transmission of digital carrier signals.

    The core is either filled or unfilled and is covered with nonhygroscopic, dielectric core wrap and then completed with an ASP
    (Aluminum Steel Polyethylene), bonded STALPETH (steel Aluminum Polyethylene), or bonded PASP (Polyethylene Aluminum Steel Polyethylene)
    Sheath.

    GR-115 replaced TR-TSY-000115, TR-TSY-000116, and TR-TSY-000117.

    When using GR-115, you may need to refer to GR-421 and ASTM D 4566. You may also want to refer to GR-1252 and/or ISO 9000
    and 9004 documents.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-115-CORE
    1 gr1156
    3 GR-1156
    4 OSSGR Section 21: Operator Subsystems
    6 PS16
    5 01
    4 1997/06/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001156 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1156_CORE.i01.pdf

    The Operator Services Systems Generic Requirements (OSSGR) is a comprehensive compilation of requirements and objectives
    that, in the Telcordia view, meet typical Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) operator services call handling needs. The Operator Subsystem
    consists of the operator services system equipment located at an operator office. The main purpose of the Operator Subsystem is to
    support operator services functionality.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document describes the configuration of the Operator Subsystem and its interactions with the Core
    System, operator console displays and keyboard, and the operator workstation. The document contains generic requirements for two
    Operator Subsystem environments: Intelligent Workstation System (IWSS) environments and non-IWSS environments. Requirements for
    operator administration are also provided.

    GR-1156 replaced TR-NWT-001156 and TA-NWT-001341.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1156-CORE
    1 gr1157
    3 GR-1157
    4 OSSGR Sections 22.1 and 22.2: Internal Databases
    6 PS16
    5 02
    4 1997/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001157 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1157_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001157.

    The functions of the operator services system are distributed among a Core System and several subsystems. Some of the data required
    for the operator services system to function is stored in internal databases in the Core System and subsystems. This Generic
    Requirements (GR) document describes the view of Telcordia on the internal system tables and other internal data for the Core System
    and subsystems, Service Provider ID for Originating Line Number Screening (OLNS), the OLNS Disallowed Card Issuer Code (DCIC) feature,
    and definition of domestic calls for OLNS.

    ISS 02 REV 01 This Revision to GR-1157 states the preliminary view of Telcordia on proposed additional requirements for an internal
    Operator Services System (OSS) table to determine the facilities to be used to complete an intraLATA local call from the OSS as
    selected by the Service Provider identified in the Originating Line Number Screening (OLNS) response.

    Revision 1 is included with this document.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1157-CORE
    1 gr1158
    3 GR-1158
    4 OSSGR Section 22.3: Line Information Database
    6 PS16
    5 08
    4 2009/04/17
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001158 Issue03
    7 354
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1158_CORE.i08.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001158.

    Issue 8 of GR-1158, OSSGR Section 22.3: Line Information Database, replaces Issue 7.

    GR-1158 contains the generic requirements applicable to a Line Information Database (LIDB). The LIDB is a transaction-oriented
    database system accessible via Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) Common Channel Signaling (CCS) networks. A LIDB transaction consists of a
    query from a network system to the LIDB, followed by an appropriate response from the LIDB to the querying network system. Network
    systems that query the LIDB may include operator services systems, end offices, AIN Service Control Points (SCPs), and other network
    elements such as wireless services platforms.

    GR-1158 contains generic requirements for the LIDB query processing and associated feature requirements. This includes LIDB
    specifications to support database architecture and data structure; message processing of each LIDB query type, including successful
    and error conditions; usage measurement reporting for each LIDB query type; fraud monitoring, detection and prevention mechanisms; and
    a LIDB Data Dictionary.

    Issue 8 incorporates the following:
    • Descriptions, format, and values for two (2) newly defined standard elements, which are retrievable from LIDB via GetData, and
    other wireless and IP-based protocols (e.g., LDAP) via protocol conversion
    The two (2) new elements are:
    • Extended Name (EN) String may be retrieved for CLASS Calling Name Delivery feature where longer names could be supported in
    signaling and CPE, as well as for various GetData and IP-based applications.
  • Extended Name Presentation Indicator specifies whether the name associated with a Telephone Number (TN) is
  • "public" or "private."
    Issue 7 incorporated the definition of nine (9) newly defined standard elements (Third Party Bill Block, VoIP Provider ID, Line
    Technology Type, and E-mail Addresses), new values for the Company Type data element, and newly reserved values for the Account Owner
    (AO) data element.

    When using GR-1158, you may want to refer to GR-1100, TR-NWT-000029, GR-446, GR-1149, GR-2838, and/or
    GR-3697. You may also want to refer to GR-246, GR-301, GR-1147, GR-1163, GR-1174, GR-1175, GR-1176,
    GR-1177, GR-1188, and/or GR-2936.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1158-CORE
    1 gr1162
    3 GR-1162
    4 OSSGR Sections 23 and 24: Announcement and Detection Subsystems
    6 PS16
    5 01
    4 2000/12/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001162 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1162_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document, GR-1162, replaces TR-NWT-001162, Issue 1 and Revision 1, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES or data updates from that
    original document. It has been issued strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and carries a new issue
    number and date.

    This document contains the view of Telcordia on the Announcement Subsystem and Detection Subsystem requirements of the operator
    services system. The Announcement Subsystem provides information to operator services systems users (i.e., customers and Local
    Exchange Carrier [LEC] administrators) on an automated basis. The Detection Subsystem detects and decodes input in Dual-Tone
    Multifrequency (DTMF) or verbal form, tones generated by other operator services systems, post-seizure customer input, and user
    instructions. This document describes the system considerations, system architecture, system capabilities, system performance (i.e.,
    the response time, availability, and redundancy requirements), and general transmission guidelines required of the Announcement
    Subsystem and Detection Subsystem. In addition, the types of announcements and evaluation of the Announcement Subsystem for
    intelligibility are discussed.

    When using GR-1162, you may need to refer to GR-1147. You may also want to refer to GR-506, GR-510, TR-TSY-000762,
    GR-1149, and/or GR-1175.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1162-CORE
    1 gr1163
    3 GR-1163
    4 OSSGR Section 25: Report Subsystem
    6 PS16
    5 01
    4 2001/12/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001163 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1163_CORE.i01.pdf
    Issue 1 of GR-1163, OSSGR Section 25: Report Subsystem, completely replaces all previous issues of TR-NWT-001163 and any revisions.

    The Report Subsystem provides administrative data reports to all the administrative centers involved in managing the operator
    services system. This subsystem consists of the data processing, storage facilities, and terminal facilities used to input, receive,
    store, and generate statistical reports on system operation. The reports include Operator Services System identification, Operator
    Services Center (OSC) identification, time and date of report, time and date of printout, headings for identification of each
    measurement, any other applicable identification, and the ability to flag data affected by system trouble or failure.

    This issue of GR-1163 includes updates to the force report data element generic requirements to support existing operator services,
    such as alternate billing services and directory assistance, and new multimedia services, such as text chat and e-mail.

    When using GR-1163, you may need to refer to GR-1147. You may also want to refer to GR-1143, TR-NWT-001148,
    GR-1149, TR-NWT-001155, GR-1157, GR-1173, GR-1174, GR-1175, GR-1176, and/or GR-1177.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1163-CORE
    1 gr1173
    3 GR-1173
    4 OSSGR: Common Functions (FSD 65-01-0100)
    6 PS16
    5 04
    4 2005/08/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1173_CORE.i04.pdf
    GR-1173 replaced TR-NWT-001173.

    Issue 4 of GR-1173, OSSGR: Common Functions (FSD 65-01-0100), replaces Issue 3.

    GR-1173 details the operator services system functions that are common to multiple services. The operator services system performs
    several functions common to multiple services when processing various calls. Some functions are required for all services, while others
    are required only for selected services. This Feature Specific Document (FSD) addresses both categories of common functions.

    The common functions described herein are referenced in the service FSDs. Each function shall be performed at a specific point in
    the flow of each service, as identified in the service FSDs.

    Issue 3 of GR-1173 incorporated the support of Service Requester ID (SRID parameter(s) in all Core System queries (i.e., Billed
    Number Screening [BNS], Calling Card [CC], and Originating Line Number Screening [OLNS]) to LIDB, and of Core System processing if it
    receives the new optional parameter, Wireless Services Originating Indicator (WSOI), in LIDB OLNS responses.

    Issue 4 of GR-1173:
    • Incorporates the background on the numeric RAO code exhaust and the introduction of alphanumeric RAO codes that resulted in
    industry agreements on the use of Billing Service Provider (BSP) to house the RAO code
  • Adds a definition and explanatory text for the BSP field in LIDB.
  • When using GR-1173, you may want to refer to GR-446, GR-506, GR-508, GR-692, GR-954, TR-NWT-001050,
    GR-1100, GR-1142, GR-1143, GR-1144, TR-NWT-001146, GR-1147, TR-NWT-001148, GR-1149, TR-NWT-001155,
    GR-1156, GR-1158, TR-NWT-001161, GR-1162, GR-1163, GR-1174, GR-1175, GR-1176, GR-1177, GR-1188,
    GR-2838, GR-2936, GR-2959, and GR-3697.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1173-CORE
    1 gr1174
    3 GR-1174
    4 OSSGR: Customer Access Features (FSD 70 Series)
    6 PS16
    5 01
    4 2000/12/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001174 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1174_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document, GR-1174, replaces TR-NWT-001174, Issue 1 and Revisions 1-4, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES or data updates from that
    original document. It has been issued strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and carries a new issue
    number and date.

    This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the Feature Specific Documents (FSDs) applicable to
    customer access features. It contains the requirements that apply to the following services: Dialing Instruction (FSD 10-01-0100),
    Rate Information (FSD 70-01-0200), Transfer Centralized Automatic Message Accounting (CAMA) (FSD 70-0-0300), Credit Recording (FSD
    70-01-0400), Trouble Recording (FSD 70-01-0500), Call Completion To and From Nondialable Points (FSD 70-01-0600), Local Exchange
    Carrier (LEC)-Official and Employee Telephone Numbers (FSD 70-01-0700), Coin Line Identification (FSD 70-01-0800), General Information
    Services (FSD 70-01-900), Community Bulletin Board (FSD 70-01-0901), Information Source Access (FSD 70-01-1000), Ringback Service (FSD
    70-01-1100), and Intercept Service (FSD 70-01-1200).

    This document includes the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the customer access feature requirements to support
    Originating Line Number Screening (OLNS) and the Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) recording for an operator services system to
    support OLNS.

    TR-NWT-001160 and GR-1174 replaced TR-NWT-001024.

    When using GR-1174, you may need to refer to GR-532, GR-1100, GR-1142, GR-1144, GR-1147, GR-1149,
    GR-1156, GR-1157, TR-NWT-001160, TR-NWT-001161, GR-1163, GR-1162, GR-1173, GR-1175, GR-1176, and/or
    GR-1177.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1174-CORE
    1 gr1175
    3 GR-1175
    4 OSSGR: Customer Listing Information (FSD 75 Series)
    6 PS16
    5 01
    4 1997/06/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001175 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1175_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001175.

    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the customer listing information feature requirements to
    support Originating Line Number Screening (OLNS).
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1175-CORE
    1 gr1176
    3 GR-1176
    4 OSSGR: Custom Call-Handling Features (FSD 80 Series)
    6 PS16
    5 01
    4 1999/04/20
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001176 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1176_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001176.

    This Generic Requirements document (GR) presents Telcordia's view of generic requirements for the Feature Specific Documents (FSDs)
    applicable to custom call-handling features. The requirements applicable to the following services are contained in this document:
    Automated Callback (FSD 80-01-0100), Message Delivery (FSD 80-01-0200), Busy Line Verification (FSD 80-01-0300), Emergency Service
    (FSD 80-01-0400), Call Completion Service (FSD 80-01-0500), Person Service (FSD 80-01-0600), Operator Services System Handling For
    Specialized Attendant Groups (FSD 80-01-0800), and IC Denial Check Service (FSD 80-01-0900).

    This document is being issued to:
    • Update the Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) requirements for Busy Line Verification (BLV) and operator interrupt involving
    terminating inward services.
  • Combine TR-NWT-001176, Issue 1 and TR-NWT-001176, Issue 1, Revisions 2 and 3 (Revision 1 was replaced earlier by Revision 2)
  • Convert TR-NWT-001176 and its revisions to the Telcordia Generic Requirements (GR) format and process. This also includes
  • renumbering all sections in the document (each FSD is now a standalone section).
    The requirements in this document may be used by suppliers as a resource for their development of operator services systems. Effective
    operator services are the key to providing customers with the best communication possible. GR-1176-CORE and the remainder of the
    modules give a comprehensive compilation of requirements and objectives that in the Telcordia view, ensure your customers get the best
    call handling service.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1176-CORE
    1 gr1177
    3 GR-1177
    4 OSSGR: Special Billing Features (FSD 85 Series)
    6 PS16
    5 03
    4 2005/08/06
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001177 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1177_CORE.i03.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001177.

    Issue 3 of GR-1177, OSSGR: Special Billing Features (FSD 85 Series), replaces Issue 2.

    GR-1177 contains the Feature Specific Documents (FSDs) that apply to special billing features. It includes the following billing
    options and features:
    • Calling Card Billing
  • Collect Billing
  • Third Number Billing
  • Originating Station Billing Restriction
  • Issue 3 includes the following:
    • Additional background information on the numeric Revenue Accounting Office (RAO) code exhaust and the introduction of
    alphanumeric RAO codes that resulted in industry agreements on the use of Billing Service Provider (BSP) to house the RAO code.
  • A definition and explanatory text for the BSP field in LIDB.
  • When using GR-1177, you may want to refer to GR-690, TR-NWT-001050, GR-1100, GR-1144, GR-1147, GR-1149,
    TR-NWT-001155, GR-1158, TR-NWT-001160, GR-1162, GR-1173, GR-1174, GR-1175, GR-1176, GR-2959, and
    GR-3697.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1177-CORE
    1 gr1188
    3 GR-1188
    4 LSSGR: CLASS(SM) Feature: Calling Name Delivery Generic
    Requirements (FSD 01-02-1070)
    6 PS11
    5 03
    4 2009/04/24
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001188 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1188_CORE.i03.pdf
    GR-1188 describes the Telcordia view of switching and signaling generic requirements for Calling Name Delivery (CNAM) for residential
    and small business customers, as well as for Basic Business Group (BBG) and Multiswitch Business Group (MBG) customers. The scope of
    the features described in this document is limited to conventional lines with more basic groundwork laid for IP-based lines. Calling
    Name feature specifications for ISDN customers are described in GR-1326, and GR-1367.

    This document contains generic requirements for switching system actions, user interface signaling procedures, and signaling
    procedures related to SS7 ISDN User Part (ISDNUP) and Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP). Also included are requirements
    for sending the Dial Tone Service Requester ID (DTSRID) as an optional parameter in Generic Name (GN) queries to the Line Information
    Database (LIDB). Some existing Name database application generic requirements are covered in GR-1158 and others could be provided
    in future documentation.

    This issue of GR-1188 introduces the Extended Name (up to 60 characters) that could be useful for applications beyond Caller ID.

    Issue 3 includes the following changes:
    • New requirements for storing and retrieving two new fields: Extended Name (EN) and Extended Name Privacy Indicator
  • The EN and EN Privacy Indicator are not intended to be retrievable via the SS7 Calling Name Query described in this document. These
  • two fields could be retrieved via SS7 GetData (described in GR-2838) or IP-based protocols.
  • A new Section 4,
  • "Extended Name Requirements" has been added to this document.
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001188.

    Issue 3 of GR-1188, CLASS Feature: Calling Name Delivery Generic Requirements (FSD 01-02-1070), replaces Issue 2.

    When using GR-1188, you may need to refer GR-1158, GR-2838, GR-30, GR-391, TR-TSY-000402, GR-31, GR-478,
    GR-506, TR-NWT-000868, and/or GR-1100.
    You may also want to refer to GR-215, GR-217, GR-219, GR-227, GR-246, GR-317, GR-394, GR-520, and
    GR-3697.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1188-CORE
    1 gr1193
    3 GR-1193
    4 LSSGR: Generic Requirements for a Dedicated Data Link Interface
    Between an End Office SPCS and CPE (FSD-04-07-000)
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 2002/02/28
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001193 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1193_CORE.i02.pdf
    Issue 2 of GR-1193, LSSGR: Generic Requirements for a Dedicated Data Link Interface Between an End Office SPCS and CPE
    (FSD-04-07-000), replaces Issue 1.

    GR-1193 describes the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for a dedicated data link that connects an end office Stored
    Program Control System (SPCS) with a Customer Premises Equipment (CPE). This link delivers to the end users useful information on their
    incoming calls without using the voice path for data transmission. Therefore, the customer's voice conversation will not be
    interrupted. In addition, data transmission will be possible in both the off-hook and on-hook states, and transmissions will be full
    duplex, i.e., in both directions. The modem at the SPCS will support transmission at speeds of 28800 bps and lower. It is recommended
    that this link be designed so it may be upgraded to support transmission at higher transmission speeds in the future.

    Issue 2 of GR-1193 was updated to provide for higher modem speeds previously unspecified in the requirements. The requirements and
    text have been updated to reflect support for modem speeds up to and including the v.34 28800 bps ITU-T Standard.

    GR-1193 replaced TR-NWT-001193 and TA-TSY-000034.

    When using GR-1193, you may need to refer to GR-1188 and certain ITU-T recommendations. You may also want to refer to
    GR-512.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1193-CORE
    1 gr1194
    3 GR-1194
    4 Bellcore Operations Systems Security Requirements
    6 PS76
    5 01
    4 1998/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-STS-001194 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1194_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the Telcordia view of the basic security features that should be provided by an Operations System. These
    requirements are not specific to any particular Operations System but rather provide baseline requirements that must be refined for a
    particular Operations System. These requirements may be fulfilled by the Operations System's software or by the underlying Operating
    System and its associated support systems.

    Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) rely heavily on information processing systems to meet operational, financial, and administrative
    needs. Because corruption, theft, or unauthorized disclosure could disrupt business operations and finances, legal position, and
    public confidence, the integrity, availability, and confidentiality of key software systems, databases, and data networks must be
    protected. Security requirements provide planners, designers, developers, testers, and other personnel involved with
    conceptualization, production, or maintenance of software to prevent and detect unauthorized use, disclosure, modification or
    destruction of operations systems' software and data.

    This document provides a set of baseline requirements that specify both secure development procedures and security requirements.
    These baseline requirements should not be used blindly to constitute the security requirements of any specific operations system.
    Rather, they should be used as templates to construct specific operations systems security requirements only after performing specific
    risk and vulnerability analyses. Along with security mechanisms, this GR addresses such topics as risk analysis, system integrity and
    design, testing, developmental environment, and documentation.

    Note: This product was converted from a TA to a GR, at the expense of Telcordia with no changes to technical content, to bring it
    into compliance with current GR program and publications standards.

    GR-1194 replaced TA-STS-001194 and FR-7.

    TR-STS-000935, GR-1194, SR-TSV-002257, SR-TSV-002302, SR-TSV-002308, SR-TSV-002309, SR-STS-002310, SR-STS-002254, SR-STS-002261,
    SR-STS-002262, SR-STS-002263, SR-STS-002323 and SR-STS-002632 were formerly bundled as FR-6 or FR-STS-000006.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1194-CORE
    1 gr1200
    3 GR-1200
    4 Generic Requirements for Accelerated Life Testing of Valve
    Regulated Lead Acid Batteries at High Temperatures
    6 PS74
    5 01
    4 2003/09/15
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001200 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1200_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-1200 replaces TR-NWT-001200, Issue 1, January 1992, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been
    issued strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

    GR-1200 provides the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for accelerated life testing of Valve Regulated Lead Acid
    (VRLA) batteries by increasing the temperature of the batteries and determining their lifetime at these higher temperatures.

    Requirements are listed for various temperatures and conditions that the VRLA batteries should meet. There are some battery designs
    that will not meet some requirements because of the method of construction or the materials used in fabrication. These batteries can
    still be tested with accelerated methods but it will be more difficult and time consuming. Individual battery components can be tested
    but a fully functional production battery must also be tested. Accelerated testing will be encouraged and the GR will indicate
    acceptable test methods.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1200-CORE
    1 gr1209
    3 GR-1209
    4 Generic Requirements for Passive Optical Components
    6 PS32
    5 04
    4 2010/09/22
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001209 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 Contact
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    6 FR-PASSIVE-COMP-01
    7 GR_1209_CORE.i04.pdf
    Passive optical components help eliminate many bottlenecks of conventional communication systems. Replacing active components with
    passive components provides a significant cost-savings by eliminating the need to power and service active components in the
    transmission loop.

    This document contains generic criteria for passive optical components to help promote the satisfactory operation of such components
    in network operator's single-mode fiber transmission networks and to permit economical planning and engineering.

    The new issue of GR-1209 contains updated generic and reliability assurance requirements for passive optical components, and now has
    added value for system developers and component manufacturers.

    Updates include:
    • Requirements for the efficient and cost-effective operation of components in various environments
  • Requirements for specific packaging and shipping tests
  • Aligns with general industry specifications for system developers
  • Aligns with critical NEBSTM requirements developed since the last issue of GR-1209
  • Fully aligned vibration and impact requirements to simplify testing.
  • Used with GR-1221, Issue 3, Generic Reliability Assurance Requirements for Passive Optical Components, these documents assure
    that optical devices function satisfactorily for long periods under adverse environmental conditions.

    Purchase Both GR-1209 and GR-1221 and Receive a 30% Discount...Just Ask for FR-PASSIVE-COMP-01.

    Issue 4 of GR-1209, Generic Requirements for Passive Optical Components, replaces Issue 3.

    GR-1073, Issue 2, Generic Requirements for Single-Mode Fiber Optic Switches, now aligns with GR-1209.

    GR-1209 replaced TA-NWT-001209, TR-NWT-001209, TR-TSY-000901, and TA-NWT-000442.

    When using GR-1209, you may need to refer to GR-20, GR-63, GR-78, GR-326, GR-409, GR-1221, ASTM D-2863, UL
    94, UL 1694, and/or several ASTM EIA/TIA-455 FOTP documents. You may also want to refer to GR-357, GR-468, GR-765,
    GR-909, GR-910, GR-1009, GR-1073, GR-1295, GR-1312, and/or GR-2854.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1209-CORE
    1 gr1217
    3 GR-1217
    4 Generic Requirements for Separable Electrical Connectors Used in
    Telecommunications Hardware
    6 PS81
    5 02
    4 2008/12/08
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001217 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $895.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1217_CORE.i02.pdf
    GR-1217 contains proposed, generic physical design requirements for separable connector products used in a typical service provider
    network. The generic requirements defined in this NEBS (Network-Equipment Building System) document apply to separable electrical
    connectors used in typical service providers' electronic telecommunications networks. The scope includes Printed Wiring Board (PWB)
    connectors, coaxial and cable connectors of various types, and IC sockets. It includes connectors made with noble and non-noble metal
    contact finishes. However, these requirements do not apply to non-metallic optical connectors used for mating of fiber optics or to
    connectors intended for AC power applications. The pin and socket connector, widely used by equipment manufacturers to interface PWB
    assemblies to backplanes in current telecommunications systems, is the most prominent and the most critical application within this
    scope. Edge-card connectors with plated contact fingers are also included in the PWB classification.

    This NEBS document expands and enhances the separable electrical connector requirements found in GR-78. Quality and reliability
    aspects for separable connectors as components detailed in GR-357 are also included. Where there is a discrepancy between
    requirements in this document and requirements in these two more general documents, the requirements here take precedence.

    GR-1217 meets all quality level standards for electrical connectors, plus:
    • Provides a comprehensive treatment of electrical connector performance for telecommunications hardware and addresses both noble
    and non-noble plated connectors
  • Includes a flexible qualification methodology, which allows for cutting-edge product innovations to be qualified and used in
  • telecommunications products
  • Emphasizes connector performance via qualification tests, as opposed to preferred metallizations; connector performance metrics
  • were reviewed and modified where appropriate to account for reduced connectors geometrics now typically employed
  • Defines accelerated aging test methods, which can be used to determine reliability of mean time between failures of a particular
  • connector
  • Aligns with GR-63 and GR-78.
  • This document replaces TR-NWT-001217.

    Issue 2 of GR-1217-CORE, Generic Requirements for Separable Electrical Connectors Used in Telecommunications Hardware,
    replaces Issue 1.

    When using GR-1217, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-78, GR-357, and SR-332, as well as various ANSI, ASTM, MIL
    and UL standards.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1217-CORE
    1 gr1218
    3 GR-1218
    4 ISDN Distinctive Alerting (I-DAL) Generic Requirements
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1994/06/29
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001218 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1218_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document contains the Telcordia view of generic requirements for a Distinctive Alerting feature as an Integrated Services Digital
    Network (ISDN)- based service operating through a Basic Access interface.

    This feature, called ISDN Distinctive Alerting (I-DAL), is a terminating call management feature. It provides Distinctive Alerting
    treatment to the called customer when attempts are made to terminate calls placed from telephones or other qualifying terminals whose
    Directory Numbers (DNs) have been previously designated by the called customer and appear in an active I-DAL screening list.

    This document presents requirements for the following:
    • Feature Operations,
  • Internal Call Processing Controls,
  • Signaling/Message Structure,
  • Administration/Operations,
  • Interactions,
  • Limitations,
  • Restrictions.
  • GR-1218 replaced TA-NWT-001218.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1218-CORE
    1 gr1221
    3 GR-1221
    4 Generic Reliability Assurance Requirements for Passive Optical
    Components
    6 PS32
    5 03
    4 2010/09/22
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001221 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 Contact
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    6 FR-PASSIVE-COMP-01
    7 GR_1221_CORE.i03.pdf
    Passive optical components help eliminate many bottlenecks of conventional communications systems. Replacing active components with
    passive components provides a significant cost savings by eliminating the need to power and service active components in the
    transmission loop.

    GR-1221, Issue 3, presents the Telcordia view of proposed generic reliability assurance requirements for passive optical components,
    and is directed toward an equipment supplier's design engineering, manufacturing, procurement, and reliability/quality organizations.
    Common forms of passive fiber optic branching components include splitters, couplers, and wavelength division multiplexers (WDM-MUXES)
    and demultiplexers (WDM-DEMUXES).

    The new issue of GR-1221 contains updated generic and reliability assurance requirements for passive optical components, and now has
    added value for system developers and component manufacturers.

    Updates include:
    • Requirements for the efficient and cost-effective operation of components in various environmental conditions such as salt and
    fog, water immersion, and exposure to airborne contaminants
  • Requirements for specific packaging and shipping tests
  • Aligns with general industry specifications for system developers
  • Aligns with critical NEBS requirements developed since the last issue of GR-1221
  • Fully aligned vibration and impact requirements to simplify testing
  • Used with GR-1209, Issue 4, Generic Requirements for Passive Optical Components, these documents assure that optical devices
    function satisfactorily for long periods under adverse environmental conditions.

    Purchase Both GR-1209 and GR-1221 and Receive a 30% Discount...Just Ask for FR-PASSIVE-COMP-01.

    Issue 3 of GR-1221, Generic Reliability Assurance Requirements for Passive Optical Components, replaces Issue 2.

    GR-1221 replaced TA-NWT-001221.

    GR-1073, Issue 2, Generic Requirements for Single-Mode Fiber Optic Switches, now aligns with GR-1221.

    When using GR-1221, you may need to refer to GR-357, GR-1209, GR-2854, GR-2882, GR-2883, and/or various EIA,
    IEC, and MIL documents. You may also want to refer to GR-20, GR-63, GR-78, GR-326, SR-332, GR-409, GR-418,
    GR-468, GR-487, TR-NWT-000870, GR-874, GR-909, and/or TR-NWT-000930.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1221-CORE
    1 gr1222
    3 GR-1222
    4 Generic Requirements for Fiber Optic Terminators
    6 PS32
    5 01
    4 1995/11/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001222 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1222_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001222.

    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements and objectives for single-mode fiber optic terminators.
    Terminators are passive optical components that are designed to provide a low-reflectance end to a fiber optic transmission system.
    Terminators can prevent reflections in AM video systems that can result in degradation of systems performance in Fiber-In-The-Loop
    (FITL) and Hybrid Fiber/Coax (HFC) transmission systems.

    When using GR-1222, you may need to refer to GR-63. You may also need to refer to GR-326, GR-409, GR-1221, and
    SR-NWT-2759; ASTM B117, D610, D2863, and G21: UL 94; several EIA/TIA-455-A FOTPs, GR-253, GR-765, GR-909, GR-910,
    GR-1209, GR-1252, and/or SR-NWT-001907.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1222-CORE
    1 gr1230
    3 GR-1230
    4 SONET Bi-Directional Line-Switched Ring Equipment Generic
    Criteria
    6 PS24 PS21
    5 04
    4 1998/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001230 Issue03
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1230_ILR.i4A.pdf;GR_1230_CORE.i04.pdf
    Automated Protection Switching (APS) improves the survivability of transport systems by substituting a standby facility when failures
    occur. For failures that affect not only the working channels but also the protection channels, such as a cable cut, one type of
    protection is a Ring APS. A ring is defined as a set of nodes interconnected to form a closed loop, where fiber cables serve as links;
    thus the Network Elements (NEs) are connected in a ring configuration. A node refers to Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Line
    Terminating Equipment (LTE).

    There are two major types of SONET rings: path-switched and line-switched SONET rings. GR-1230-CORE, Issue 4 provides the view of
    Telcordia on proposed generic criteria for two-and four-fiber Bidirectional Line-Switched Rings (BLSRs). Criteria for BLSR equipment,
    BLSR basic APS protocol, ring interconnection, and OAM&P are provided, including criteria for enhancements to the basic BLSR APS
    protocol such as extra traffic, VT-access, and support for unidirectional services.

    In addition, criteria for Dual Transmit and Enhanced Non-pre-emptible Unprotected Traffic is included. This GR also provides
    tutorial material.

    GR-1230 replaced TA-NWT-001230.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1230-ILR
    GR-1230-CORE
    1 gr1237
    3 GR-1237
    4 SMDS Generic Requirements for Initial Operations Management
    Capabilities in Support of Exchange Access and Intercompany
    Serving Arrangements
    6 PS41 PS42
    5 01
    4 1994/07/06
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-TSV-001237 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1237_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document presents the Telcordia view of generic requirements for Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) Exchange Access
    Operations Management (XA-OM) service and Exchange Carrier Operations Management (ECOM) capabilities. As defined in the GR, an SMDS
    XA-OM service consists of network management capabilities provided by a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) to an Interexchange Carrier (IC).

    These capabilities are intended to help enable an IC to directly manage aspects of its Exchange Access SMDS service. In addition,
    this GR provides generic requirements for SMDS ECOM. SMDS ECOM is a set of network management capabilities that one LEC may provide
    another LEC when two LECS that reside in the same Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) choose to interoperate to provide Exchange
    SMDS.

    These capabilities are intended to help enable a LEC to manage aspects of the end-to-end Exchange SMDS service.

    GR-1237 replaced TA-TSV-001237.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1237-CORE
    1 gr1241
    3 GR-1241
    4 Supplemental Service Control Point (SCP) Generic Requirements
    6 PS14
    5 07
    4 2006/12/12
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001241 Issue02
    7 206
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1241_CORE.i07.pdf
    Issue 7 of GR-1241, Supplemental Service Control Point (SCP) Generic Requirements, replaces Issue 6.

    GR-1241 provides support for the following features in a Service Control Point (SCP):
    • Process Outage
  • Load sharing of traffic based on 8-bit Signaling Link Selection (SLS) codes
  • Congestion Control
  • Message Transfer Part (MTP) Restart
  • Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) Connectionless Segmentation and Reassembly
  • Cluster Routing and Management
  • Generalized Routing Procedures
  • MTP Routing Verification Test (MRVT) and SCCP Routing Verification Test (SRVT)
  • SCP Common Channel Signaling (CCS) Interface Reliability
  • Additional SCCP procedures.
  • The information contained in this GR is meant as a supplement to GR-1280, GR-246, and TR-NWT-000029.

    This GR is intended to inform SCP developers, CCS Network Service Providers, and others about the Telcordia view of the above
    features.

    Issue 7 includes the addition of SCP functionality in an IMS environment, and incorporates the following:
    • A new Section 2.8,
    "MTP Service Indicator Fields."
  • Appendix I,
  • "SCP Functionality in an IMS Environment.",
  • The current Telcordia GR format bringing this document into conformance with the latest Telcordia publications and formatting
  • standards
  • Updates to the references and glossary sections.
  • GR-1241 replaced TR-NWT-001241.

    When using GR-1241, you may need to refer to GR-246, GR-472, GR-478, GR-833, GR-1245, TR-NWT-000029,
    GR-82, GR-606, and/or GR-1280. You may also want to refer to GR-512, TR-NWT-001112, GR-1113, TR-NWT-001229,
    GR-2878, GR-3021, and/or certain ANSI T1standards.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1241-CORE
    1 gr1242
    3 GR-1242
    4 ISDN Selective Call Rejection
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1994/04/05
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001242 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1242_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001242.

    This document contains the Telcordia view of generic requirements for a Selective Call Rejection feature operating through and
    Integrated Services Network (ISDN) Basic Rate Interface (BRI). This feature, called ISDN Selective Call Rejection (I-SCR), is a
    terminating call management feature that enables the user to signal a Stored Program Control Switching System (SPCS) to reject
    terminating call attempts to the user from a limited number of Calling Party Numbers (CPNs).

    The user can specify the Directory Numbers (DNs) of terminating calls that are to be rejected by the SPCS acting for the user.
    Unaccepted calls from these specified DNs are prevented from terminating to the I-SCR user.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1242-CORE
    1 gr1244
    3 GR-1244
    4 Clocks for the Synchronized Network: Common Generic Criteria
    6 PS26
    5 04
    4 2009/10/06
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001244 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1244_CORE.i04.pdf
    The digital synchronization network consists of clocks connected by digital facilities. This document provides criteria that apply to
    these various clocks deployed in telecommunications equipment such as transport Network Elements (NEs), Digital Switches, and Timing
    Signal Generators (TSGs). Since these clocks can have a critical impact on network performance, GR-1244 may be of significant value to
    telecommunications equipment manufacturers (including both synchronization-related component and system manufacturers) and
    telecommunications service providers.

    The updates in Issue 4 should significantly assist the reader's understanding of the criteria (and expected clock performance
    characteristics) in areas such as holdover stability, wander generation, and phase build-out. Specific updates include:
    • The equations for calculating fractional frequency offset and drift were corrected, and additional information on the use of
    those equations was provided
  • The temperature component of the holdover frequency stability requirement for stratum 3 clocks was changed to align with the
  • corresponding specification in ATIS-0900101
  • Significant explanatory test was added regarding the holdover stability curves provided in Section 5
  • Additional explanatory text was provided regarding the conditions under which the wander generation requirements apply
  • The proposed value of one of the parameters used in defining test cases for testing a clock's phase build-out performance was
  • changed to reflect the long time constants of the filters used in stratum 2 and 3E clocks
  • Additional information was provided regarding the applicability of various criteria to NEs/clocks used in SONET or
  • "synchronous
    Ethernet" applications.

    In addition, minor corrections or clarifications were made in the text in various sections of the document, references to ANSI T1
    standards were changed to reflect their reclassification as ATIS standards, and references to the ITU-T documents related to
    synchronous Ethernet were added to a number of sections.

    Issue 4 of GR-1244, Clocks for the Synchronized Network: Common Generic Criteria, replaces Issue 3.

    GR-1244 replaced TR-NWT-001244.

    When using GR-1244, you may want to refer to GR-57, GR-63, GR-82, GR-253, GR-378, GR-436, GR-454,
    GR-474, GR-487, GR-496, GR-499, GR-820, GR-839, GR-1089, GR-2830, TR-NWT-000170, and various
    standards documents.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1244-CORE
    1 gr1245
    3 GR-1245
    4 CCS Node Generic Requirements to Support Routing Verification
    Tests
    6 PS14
    5 03
    4 1999/10/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001245 Issue03
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1245_ILR.i3A.pdf;GR_1245_CORE.i03.pdf
    GR-1245, CCS Node Generic Requirements To Support Routing Verification Tests, presents generic requirements and objectives for
    Common Channel Signaling (CCS) network nodes. A CCS node is a network element or network system connected to the CCS network via
    Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) links supporting Message Transfer Part (MTP) Routing Verification Tests (MRVT) and Signaling Connection
    Control Part (SCCP) Routing Verification Tests (SRVT).

    MRVT and SRVT are defined in the Operations, Maintenance and Administration Part (OMAP) of the SS7 protocol T1.116. These tests
    provide a powerful tool for the detection and isolation of routing problems in CCS networks. They can be used both for intranetwork and
    internetwork testing. Examples of MTP routing problems that the MRVT can detect are a Signal Transfer point (STP) loop causing infinite
    message circulation over the link sets in the loop, inability to route a message to its destination, and excessive number of STPs in
    the message path. Examples of the SCCP routing problems that the SRVT can detect are an STP loop, inability to perform a global title
    translation (GTT), and excessive number of translations for a message.

    Issue 3 of GR-1245 includes new additional procedures and requirements to allow SCCP routing verification testing in a Local Number
    Portability environment. In addition, Appendix B was added and addresses RVT Support of the XUDT Message Type. Appendix B focuses on
    RVT treatment of the XUDT's optional parameters and the UDT/XUDT Message Change procedure that may be implemented in a CCS network
    containing both UDT-only capable nodes and XUDT-capable nodes.

    GR-1245 replaced TR-NWT-001245.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1245-ILR
    GR-1245-CORE
    1 gr1248
    3 GR-1248
    4 Generic Requirements for Operations of ATM Network Elements (NES)
    6 PS42 PS15
    5 04
    4 1998/11/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001248 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1248_CORE.i04.pdf
    This document sets forth the view of Telcordia on proposed generic requirements for operations of Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
    Network Elements (NEs). This document focuses on requirements needed for Broadband Switching Systems (BSSs), but the requirements in
    this GR can apply to any type of NE that processes ATM cells. Issue 4 of this document reflects progress made in the areas of
    national and international standards on ATM, such as extensions to ITU-T Recommendation 1.610, ATM Forum M4 NE View Requirements and
    Logical MIB, Version 2, and the ATM Forum Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) specifications. This GR addresses service-independent
    ATM operations capabilities required by an ATM NE that provide support for Permanent Virtual Connection (SVC) Cell Relay Service,
    Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), PVC Frame Relay Service, and Circuit Emulation Service. The operations functionality
    covered in this document includes all five standard functional categories: Configuration Management, Fault Management, Performance
    Management, Security management, and Accounting management.

    GR-1248 replaced TA-NWT-001248.

    When using GR-1248, you may need to refer GR-253, GR-474, GR-478, GR-606, TR-TSV-000773, GR-820,
    TR-TSY-000824, TR-TSY-000825, GR-828, GR-1060, GR-1063, GR-1110, GR-1111, TR-NWT-001112, GR-1113,
    GR-1114, GR-1115, GR-1117, GR-1327, TA-TSV-001408, GR-1417, GR-2924, GR-2980, ITU-T 1-series
    recommendations, ANSI T1-6XX-series standards, and/or various ATM Forum documents.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1248-CORE
    1 gr1250
    3 GR-1250
    4 Generic Requirements for Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) File
    Transfer
    6 PS24
    5 02
    4 1999/12/08
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001250 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1250_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001250.

    GR-1250, Generic Requirements for Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) File Transfer, Issue 2, replaces Issue 1.

    Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Network Elements (NEs) can use the SONET Operations Communications Network in a standardized way
    for network management. Two management applications that are enhanced by the use of File Transfer protocol are software download and
    memory restoration processes. In the past, software download for transport NEs has usually been done locally, with an operator loading
    the software from a medium such as a floppy disk.

    Typically, a new generic will also require a corresponding hardware change, and, therefore, a craft dispatch. Digital Cross-Connects
    (DCSs) can have line-by-line configuration table changes made automatically by an Operations System (OS). Backups are done locally to
    nonvolatile memory, and remotely on a command-by-command basis. There are several problems with these methods. Line-by-line
    configuration table downloads and command-by-command backups are inherently slow. Nonvolatile memory is not sufficient to provide
    backup if the NE is physically lost (as in a fire or flood, for example).

    On a going forward basis, newer NEs may store only software load identifiers and generic identifiers in local memory; the backup
    copy may be stored separately. As more and more intelligent network elements are deployed, software download and remote backup of these
    NEs will consume proportionately more network provider resources. Use of a file transfer protocol such as the Open Systems
    Interconnection (OSI) File Transfer, Access, and Management (FTAM) protocol for SONET NEs can help alleviate these problems.

    This GR includes the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for the support of FTAM in SONET NEs.

    Issue 2 shows the coupling between this GR and related requirements in GR-253. Issue 2 also adds new requirements for using the
    FTP file transfer protocol to provide SONET file transfer applications (see Section 3.3). Issue 2 also provides additional details with
    respect to the CMISE information models required (Section 3.4), and also considers requirements that apply when using the TL1
    Interactive Class protocol (Section 3.5).

    When using GR-1250, you may need to refer to GR-253, GR-1042, SIF-011, SIF-022, and/or ISO 8571. You may also want to refer
    to GR-472, GR-836, GR-2915, GR-2963, and/or SIF-025.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1250-CORE
    1 gr1251
    3 GR-1251
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Numbering Plan Area Split Management (FSD
    30-29-0000)
    6 PS11
    5 01
    4 2000/06/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001251 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1251_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-1251 replaces TR-NWT-001251, Issue 1, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been issued strictly to
    conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

    The Numbering Plan AreaPA) Split Management CLASS feature described in this document interacts with the Automatic Callback (AC),
    Automatic Recall (AR), and Screening List Editing (SLE) CLASS features, and the screening list services, to allow customers to use
    these features with dialing arrangements that are used for completing calls during the permissive dialing period of an NPA split. Local
    Exchange Carriers (LECs) assign NPA split pairs to the feature. There are four options associated with each NPA split pair, and the
    LECs control the status of each option. Each option is associated with function(s) of one or more CLASS features. When an option is
    active for an NPA split pair, the NPAs of that NPA split pair are considered interchangeable for the function(s) associated with the
    option. This GR provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the Numbering Plan Area Split Management feature.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1251-CORE
    1 gr1253
    3 GR-1253
    4 Generic Requirements for Operations Interfaces Using OSI Tools:
    Telecommunications Management Network Security Administrations
    6 PS41 PS76
    5 01
    4 1995/06/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001253 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1253_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements on security administration for interfaces among Operations Systems
    (OSs) and Network Elements (NEs). This GR applies when the interface between the OS performing security administration and the OS or
    NE that is being managed is based on the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Reference Model. However, this GR also applies even if the
    system it manages does not use OSI-based interfaces to communicate with any other systems.

    GR-1253 replaced TA-NWT-001253 and TA-TSY-000130.

    When using GR-1253, you may need to refer to GR-1469 and/or ISO 10164 and 10165 (IUT-T X.721/30/34/35/36/40). You may also want
    to refer to GR-376, GR-495, TR-TSV-000774, GR-815, GR-828, GR-836, GR-981, TA-NWT-001014 (canceled),
    GR-1031, TA-TSY-001041 (canceled), GR-1042, TA-NWT-001057 (canceled), GR-1194, GR-1332, and GR-2869, and ANSI
    T1.210, T1.233, T1.243, ITU-T M.3010, and X.741.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1253-CORE
    1 gr126
    3 GR-126
    4 Generic Requirements for Network Outdoor Customer Premises, and
    Universal Cross-Connecting Wire
    6 PS33
    5 02
    4 2013/06/27
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-000126 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $975.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_126_CORE.i02.pdf

    GR-126, Issue 2, sets forth the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements applicable to Network Outdoor, Customer Premises,
    and Universal Cross-Connecting Wire products used in Outside Plant (OSP) huts, cabinets, closures, and Building Entrance Terminals
    (BETs), and inside customer premises locations.

    The cross-connect wire products detailed in this GR consist of 22, 24, or 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) insulated conductors arranged
    as twisted-pair wires, and categorized as Type G (Outdoor), Type F (Customer Premises), or Type N (Universal). The generic requirements
    in this GR are necessary to meet the minimum operational compatibility or service consistency needs for users of these products.

    This GR covers functional criteria, generic mechanical and electrical requirements, and test methods to help in comparing the
    products against the stated requirements.

    Issue 2 includes the following changes:
    • Updates test procedures and criteria, and removes outdated cross references.
  • Updates the polyolefin, poly(vinylchloride), and other insulation materials requirements to create functional performance criteria
  • and move away from implicit material-specific requirements.
  • Updates finished wire product requirements and tests.
  • Includes the latest Quality Management System (QMS) philosophy, including ISO 9000 or TL 9000 approaches to product quality and
  • reliability issues.
  • Revises the packaging criteria to harmonize with revisions to other twisted-pair GR documents.
  • Consolidates requirements to cover cross-connect twisted-wire pair products that are used across the whole telecom network,
  • including OSP facilities and inside customer premises/buildings.
  • Provides harmonization and coordination with the new issues of GR-421 and GR-137 and other relevant industry specifications (i.e.,
  • UL, ICEA, TL 9000, etc.).

    GR-126, Issue 2, replaces GR-126, Issue 1; and TA-NWT-000126, Generic Requirements for Network Outdoor, Customer Premises, and
    Universal Cross-Connecting Wire, Issue 1, July 1993.

    When using GR-126, you may need to refer to GR-136, GR-137, GR-421, GR-492, GR-3163, GR-3164, and several
    ASTM specifications. You may also want to refer to ISO 9000 and 9004 documents.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-126-CORE
    1 gr1270
    3 GR-1270
    4 Generic Requirements for ISDN PRI Call-by-Call Service Selection
    for Non-ISDN Foreign Exchange Facilities, Non-ISDN Tie Trunks,
    OUTWATS, and INWATS
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 2003/10/15
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001270 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1270_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-1270 replaces TR-NWT-001270, Issue 1, May 1992, and Revision 1, December 1997, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original
    document. It has been issued strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new
    issue number and date.

    GR-1270 contains the Telcordia view of generic requirements for call-by-call selection of the listed services provided to Class II
    Equipment served by an ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI). It completely replaces TR-NWT-001270 and its revision and bulletins.

    Call-by-call service selection is a method of providing services to Class II Equipment on an ISDN PRI. Call-by-call service
    selection is an alternative to providing services on a dedicated interface, a dedicated B channel, or a dedicated group of B channels
    basis. Any B channel on the PRI can be used to offer provisioned services on a per-call basis.

    Requirements of call-by-call selection need to be defined for each service. This document only describes the generic requirements of
    call-by-call service selection for a limited number of services. Future documents will provide the generic requirements for offering
    additional services on a call-by-call basis.

    This document contains generic requirements for the following call-by-call services.
    • Foreign Exchange Selection
  • Tie Trunk Selection
  • OUTWATS Selection
  • INWATS Selection
  • TR-NWT-001270 replaced TA-NWT-001270.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1270-CORE
    1 gr1272
    3 GR-1272
    4 Gateway Signaling Transfer Point (GSTP) Local Message Screening
    Test Capability Generic Requirements
    6 PS14
    5 01
    4 1994/07/14
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001272 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1272_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for a test function to be supported at Gateway Signaling Transfer
    Points (GSTPs) known as the Gateway STP Local Message Screening Test Capability.

    This feature would provide a mechanism by which network operations personnel and/or operations systems applications would submit
    parameterized"sample" Signaling System No. 7 (SS7) messages to the GSTP to determine the resultant message screening outcomes. The
    objective is to permit the service providers' personnel to verify the consistency of the user-provisioned message screening tables, as
    populated via the memory administration process, against the desired or intended screening actions for various types of SS7 messages
    having different message attributes. The document incorporates requirements for the test's support of Signaling Connection Control
    Part (SCCP) and Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) User Part (ISDNUP) Message Type screening at the GSTP, as well as
    performance and capacity requirements for the test capability.

    GR-1272 replaced TR-NWT-001272.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1272-CORE
    1 gr1273
    3 GR-1273
    4 Analog Display Services Interface (ADSI) SPCS/Server Generic
    Requirements
    6 PS53
    5 01
    4 1998/08/07
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001273 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1273_CORE.i01.pdf
    This product, GR-1273, provides the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for the data communications protocol and Stored
    Program Controlled System (SPCS), e.g., a switching system, or host computer Server end of the Analog Display Services Interface
    (ADSI).

    This document updates requirements presented in TR-NWT-001273, incorporates clarifications arising from the Telcordia ADSI technical
    auditing and prototype work, reorganizes material more effectively, and integrates all material from the TR bulletins into the main
    document.

    GR-1273 supersedes TR-NWT-001273, Analog Display Services Interface (ADSI), and should be used by anyone new to ADSI, or not
    associated with the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI).

    Because ETSI references specific sections of TR-NWT-001273 in its current edition of publication EN301 71-1,TR-NWT-001273 will
    continue to be available for individual orders by members of ETSI and those who identify themselves as purchasers of EN301 71-1. This
    availability will remain in force only until ETSI updates its publication to reflect this or a later version of GR-1273.

    GR-1273 replaced TR-NWT-001273.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1273-CORE
    1 gr1274
    3 GR-1274
    4 Generic Requirements for Reliability Qualification Testing of
    Printed Wiring Assemblies Exposed to Airborne Hygroscopic Dust
    6 PS81
    5 02
    4 2009/11/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001274 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1274_CORE.i02.pdf
    GR-1274 provides the Telcordia view of proposed minimum requirements for qualifying telecommunications printed wiring assemblies (PWAs)
    with regard to tolerance to hygroscopic dust found in indoor and outdoor
    environments.

    Compliance with these generic requirements is intended to demonstrate that circuit pack performance will not significantly
    degrade as a result of ordinary dust contamination during use.

    Issue 2:
    • Discusses the main parameters influencing dust deposition such as dust concentration, maximum electric field on printed circuit
    boards, and cooling techniques (fan or convection)
  • Applies to family designs of new technology, with the qualification test passed once for each pertinent design or new design
  • family
  • First issue in 16 years contains new and updated specifications for today's telecommunications environment.
  • Issue 2 of GR-1274, Generic Requirements for Reliability Qualification Testing of Printed Wiring Assemblies (PWAs) Exposed to
    Airborne Hygroscopic Dust, replaces Issue 1. GR-1274 replaced TA-NWT-001274.

    When using GR-1274, you may need to refer to GR-63. You may also want to refer to GR-78.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1274-CORE
    1 gr1275
    3 GR-1275
    4 Central Office/Network Environment Equipment Installation/Removal
    Generic Requirements
    6 PS55
    5 12
    4 2010/12/15
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001275 Issue01
    7 564
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    6 FR-INSTALL-19
    7 GR_1275_CORE.i12.pdf
    GR-1275 provides a broad coverage of the generic requirements associated with the support that Installation Suppliers or their
    sub-contractors are expected to provide with their products, features, or services. These services might be associated with the
    installation of new or expanded equipment, and the removal of existing equipment.

    GR-1275 addresses the installation and removal of equipment in
    "both" traditional Central Office (CO) and emerging-technology
    equipment environments operated by Telecommunications Carriers (TCs). These equipment environments warrant installation quality
    requirements that are consistent with established practices, while facilitating the adoption of new technology. For over 15 years, the
    Engineering and Installation Technical Advisory Group's (EI/TAG's) proven set of GR-1275 requirements has been a valued industry
    resource.

    In addition to an extensive review of the document, the most significant change in Issue 12 is the assignment of defect weightings
    to the requirements. These defect weightings are designed to assist Auditors and Quality Assurance Inspectors who perform inspections
    and assessments of the Installation Supplier's completed work in a Central Office (CO) environment. Weightings dictate the time
    allowed for corrective action. Critical weightings require immediate action.

    This reissue also includes:
    • New and revised requirements in the areas of safety, auxiliary framing, cabinets, cabling and wiring, connecting, equipment
    designations, power, bonding and grounding, equipment removal and cable mining, fiber optic, building requirements, fire-stopping, and
    assessment of Installers' skill levels, etc.
  • New and revised criteria, tables, and figures
  • Further harmonization with its companion document, GR-1502-CORE, Central Office/Network Environment Detail Engineering
  • Generic Requirements
    GR-1275 should be used in conjunction with GR-1502 for equipment installation and detail engineering. Buy FR-INSTALL-19 and
    receive both GRs, plus GR-2981, Quality Program Analysis (QPA) for Telecommunications Engineering or Installation
    Suppliers, at 30% off the total price.

    Issue 12 of GR-1275, Central Office/Network Environment Equipment Installation/Removal Generic Requirements, replaces Issue
    11.

    When using GR-1275, you may want to refer to GR-63, GR-151, TR-NWT-000154, GR-232, GR-295, GR-326,
    GR-356, GR-409, GR-765, GR-840, GR-1502, GR-2930, GR-2981, as well as the National Electrical Code,
    Underwriters Laboratories Standards, and OSHA standards.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-001275 and TR-NWT-0001275.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1275-CORE
    1 gr1277
    3 GR-1277
    4 Operator Services: Switching System Generic Requirements Using
    Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (ISUP)
    6 PS16
    5 02
    4 2001/08/17
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001277 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1277_CORE.i02.pdf
    Issue 2 of GR-1277, Operator Services: Switching system Generic Requirements Using Integrated Services Digital Network User Part
    (ISUP), replaces Issue 1.

    GR-1277 contains the Telcordia proposed view of generic requirements for the use of the Integrated Services Digital Network User
    Part (ISUP) of Signaling System No. 7 (SS7) by a Stored Program Controlled Switching System (SPCS) to support operator services. This
    GR focuses on the signaling functions carried out by an end office SPCS, not the OSS, to support operator services connections. This GR
    also addresses signaling functions for tandem switches that are not OSSs.

    In addition to the operator services-specific extensions to SS7 ISUP for the establishment of operator services calls over TDM
    trunks, this document applies the same operator services-specific extensions to new signaling (i.e., Bearer Independent Call Control
    [BICC] signaling) used for establishment of operator services calls over an Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) or Internet Protocol (IP)
    backbone network. BICC is closely based on SS7 ISUP and is capable of carrying the SS7 ISUP service-specific parameters, such as
    operator services-specific parameters.

    Issue 2 of GR-1277 reflects the following changes:
    • Issue 2 describes BICC signaling and the call scenarios in which BICC signaling is used.
  • Issue 2 references the BICC generic requirements in GR-3100-CORE, for call scenarios in which BICC signaling is used, rather
  • than ISUP signaling.
  • Issue 2 refers to logical traffic groups, rather than physical trunk groups, whenever BICC signaling is used.
  • Issue 2 refers to Serving Nodes (SNs), rather than Stored Program Controlled Switching Systems (SPCSs), whenever BICC signaling is
  • used.
  • Issue 2 includes the Intercept codepoints that were adopted in ANSI T1 standards after GR-1277 Issue 1 was published.
  • To be consistent with ANSI standards, GR-1277 Issue 2 removes the conditional requirements associated with the signaling of the Local
    Service Provider Identifier (LSPI).

    GR-1277 replaced TR-NWT-001277.

    When using GR-1277, you may need to refer to GR-317, GR-394, GR-3100, GR-391, TR-NWT-000444, and/or GR-506.
    You may also want to refer to GR-505, GR-690, GR-692, and GR-1144.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1277-CORE
    1 gr1280
    3 GR-1280
    4 Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) Service Control Point (SCP)
    Generic Requirements
    6 PS52
    5 01
    4 1993/11/04
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001280 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1280_ILR.i1C.pdf;GR_1280_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document describes the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for an Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) Service Control Point
    (SCP).

    An AIN SCP is a network system that supports the execution of service logic in response to queries from switching systems equipped
    with AIN functionality. An AIN SCP may also communicate with other entities such as other SCPs. A key characteristic of an AIN SCP is
    its programmability by the exchange carrier. The SCP is viewed as a platform on which application software developed by the local
    exchange carrier or its agent may be deployed.

    The generic requirements in this GR are intended to facilitate SCP interoperability with AIN 0.2 Switching Systems, AIN 0.1
    Switching Systems, AIN Release 0 Switching Systems, IN1 SCPs, other AIN SCPs, entities within Personal Communications Services (PCS)
    service-provider networks, and Operations Systems (OSs) in the AIN 0.2 time frame. In addition, the GR describes generic requirements
    with respect to performance, reliability, environment, and other areas that pertain to the operability and maintainability of an AIN
    SCP.

    GR-1280 replaced TA-NWT-001125 and TA-NWT-001280.

    When using GR-1280, you may need to refer to GR-1100, GR-1299, TR-NWT-000029 (reference to TA-NWT-00027 is an error),
    GR-63, GR-833 (replaced TA-NWT-000200), GR-246, TA-STS-000298, TA-NWT-000365, GR-376, GR-385,
    TA-TSY-000387, GR-472, GR-474, GR-478, GR-508, GR-513, GR-815, TR-TSY-000824, GR-828, GR-840,
    GR-1089, GR-1194, GR-1241, GR-1245, GR-1286, TA-NWT-001414 (canceled), GR-1469, and SR-1665; AM
    TR-OAT-000044; ITU-T X.217, X.219, X.227, and X.229: and ISO 8649, 8650, 9595, and 9596.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1280-ILR
    GR-1280-CORE
    1 gr1286
    3 GR-1286
    4 Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) Operations System (OS) -
    Service Control Point (SCP) Interface Generic Requirements
    6 PS52
    5 01
    4 1993/11/04
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001286 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1286_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document describes the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for Operations System interfaces to an Advanced Intelligent
    Network (AIN) Service Control Point (SCP). Specifically, this document provides an information model for the Service Management System
    (SMS) interface to an AIN SCP consistent with the use of the Common Management Information Protocol (CMIP). It also describes messages
    that may be exchanged between an AIN SCP and either the Network Monitoring and Analysis (NMA) system or the No.2 Switching Control
    Center System (SCCS). In addition, it describes messages that may be exchanged between an AIN SCP and the Signal Engineering
    Administrative System (SEAS)(TM) system.

    This GR is a companion document to GR-1280, Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) Service Control Point (SCP) Generic
    Requirements.

    GR-1286 replaced TA-NWT-001286.

    When using GR-1286, you may need to refer to GR-833 (replaced TA-NWT-000200), GR-1280, TA-STS-000298, TA-NWT-000365,
    and/or SR-1665. You may also want to refer to TR-NWT-000029 (reference to TA-NWT-00027 is an error), TA-TSY-000387,
    GR-831, GR-836, TR-NWT-001127, GR-1129, GR-1188, TR-NWT-001254, GR-1280, TR-NWT-001284 (canceled),
    TR-NWT-001285 (canceled), GR-1286, GR-1298, GR-1299, TA-NWT-001414 (canceled), SR-683, SR-NWT-002247,
    SR-NWT-002436, and SR-TSV-002459 (canceled).
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1286-CORE
    1 gr1290
    3 GR-1290
    4 ISDN Selective Call Acceptance (I-SCA) Generic Requirements
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1994/06/29
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001290 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1290_CORE.i01.pdf
    Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Selective Call Acceptance (I-SCA), is a terminating call management feature. It enables
    I-SCA users to instruct a Stored Program Control switching System (SPCS) to attempt terminating call completion to the I-SCA user only
    from a limited number of calling Directory Numbers (DNs).

    This document contains the Telcordia view of generic requirements for a Selective Call Acceptance feature operating through an
    Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Basic Access Interface. The document presents requirements for the following:
    • Feature Operations
    • ,
  • Internal Call Processing Controls
  • ,
  • Signaling/Message Structure
  • ,
  • Administration/Operations
  • ,
  • Interactions
  • ,
  • Limitations and Restrictions, and
  • Timing and Tolerances.
  • GR-1290 replaced TA-NWT-001290.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1290-CORE
    1 gr1293
    3 GR-1293
    4 Generic Requirements for Permanent AC & DC Backup Generators
    Including Fuel Cells for Remote Electronic Sites
    6 PS81
    5 01
    4 2017/03/28
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001293 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $975.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1293_CORE.i01.pdf

    GR-1293-CORE contains requirements for standby engine-generator systems including fuel cells to be used in remote telecommunications
    sites. Such sites have the following characteristics:
    • They are small sites, both in terms of physical size and power requirements.
  • They contain telecommunications equipment in a location outside the traditional telephone Central Office (CO) (wireline or
  • wireless).
  • Typically, they physically resemble existing applications in Electronic Equipment Enclosures (EEEs) and Controlled Environment
  • Vaults (CEVs).

    On-site, permanently installed, i.e., dedicated, standby backup generator systems are one alternative to long battery reserve times.
    The scope of this document therefore includes generic requirements for small, dedicated backup generators equipped for automatic
    starting and load transfer. GR-1293 is not intended to cover all application considerations and generic requirements for the connection
    and use of portable engine-generators. End-point requirements for backup generator systems having direct current, as well as or in lieu
    of alternating current outputs, are included.

    When using GR-1293, you may want to refer to GR-513, GR-947, and GR-1089.

    GR-1293-CORE, Issue 1, completely updates, revises, re-organizes and replaces TR-NWT-001293, Issue 1, November 1993.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1293-CORE
    1 gr1295
    3 GR-1295
    4 Generic Requirements for Remote Fiber Testing Systems (RFTSs)
    6 PS32
    5 02
    4 2000/01/07
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001295 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1295_CORE.i02.pdf
    GR-1295 represents the Telcordia view of proposed generic criteria and characteristics for Remote Fiber Testing Systems (RFTSs) used
    to remotely measure optical fibers in the outside plant portions of a typical telecommunications service provider's optical network.
    This document includes requirements and objectives, and performance tests to compare remote fiber testing systems against those stated
    requirements and objectives. In the Telcordia view, these requirements should be met to meet the needs of a typical telecommunications
    environment.

    This document describes broad concepts concerning the RFTS hardware and its generic interfaces with the communications network. It
    deals in some areas where detailed generic requirements are not yet available. This document enables Telcordia to inform and obtain
    comments from interested members of the industry (service providers and equipment suppliers) as RFTSs continue to mature.

    This document includes proposed generic functional design criteria, mechanical and optical requirements, desired features, and test
    methods for comparing the product against the stated generic requirements. The proposed test methods are intended to reflect the
    typical telecommunications operations conditions for these RFTSs.

    The information in this document is subject to change in later issues. Telcordia supports worldwide standards activities, such as
    those in the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), and International
    Telecommunications Union (ITU, formerly the CCITT). Telcordia anticipates incorporating additional terminology and measurement
    standards issues by the aforementioned standards bodies following publication of such information.

    Issue 2 of GR-1295 is more closely tied to the Network Equipment Building System NEBS(TM) generic requirements specified in
    GR-63. Issue 2 also emphasizes the implementation of RFTSs to monitor dense-wavelength division multiplexed systems (DWDMs). It
    provides suggestions on how to incorporate RFTSs into fiber distributing frame (FDF) architectures. Many of the changes are the result
    of actual field experiences gained during the implementation of remote fiber testing systems, DWDM systems, and FDF architectures.
    Sections 3 and 4 have been added to this document and incorporate new information on DWDM testing and FDF architectures. All changes to
    the generic requirements in Section 5 through 7 (formerly Sections 3 through 5 in Issue 1) are indicated by change bars along the
    outside margin. Some changes to this document also reflect the organizational change to GR-196-CORE, the Telcordia generic
    requirements Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) document. All OTDR-like testset generic requirements have been moved to
    GR-196.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-001295.

    Issue 2 of GR-1295, Generic Requirements for Remote Fiber Testing Systems (RFTSs), replaces Issue 1.

    When using GR-1295, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-1073, TR-NWT-000154, GR-196, GR-326, GR-499,
    GR-513, GR-1089, and/or GR-1309. You may also want to refer to GR-253, GR-449, GR-818, and/or GR-1209.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1295-CORE
    1 gr1298
    3 GR-1298
    4 AINGR: Switching Systems
    6 PS52
    5 10
    4 2004/11/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001284 Issue01
    7 2204
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1298_CORE.i10.pdf
    Issue 10 of GR-1298, AINGR: Switching Systems, replaces Issue 9.

    This document provides the generic requirements needed to implement the Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) technology in a public
    telephone network, specifically in the switching system.

    GR-1298 represents the Telcordia view of the requirements needed for an AIN switching system. A Service Switching Point (SSP) is a
    switch with the capability to query external service logic or databases to continue processing a call or continue offering a service to
    an end user.

    AIN provides the ability for service providers to create services for customers and to generate revenue. The requirements in GR-1298
    allow a service provider to build AIN into a switch or interwork effectively with an AIN switch. For a supplier, GR-1298 contains the
    time-tested requirements accepted as the only AIN requirements in the industry.

    Key changes in Issue 10 include:
    • Requirements that allow for overflow to switch-based carrier selection when the last Trunk Group provided by the SCP encounters
    busy.
  • A requirement that allows operator access calls to be routed using a TrunkGroup parameter instead of only a Carrier parameter.
  • Clarification to indicate that when a SDS trigger is encountered, the response, in general, should contain the
  • ChargePartyStationType and the Charge Number parameters.
  • A requirement was modified to allow the O_No_Anser trigger to be encountered after the IN/1 routing feature when a toll-free call
  • is made.
    GR-1298 replaced TA-NWT-001125, TA-NWT-001298 and TR-NWT-001284.

    When using GR-1298, you may want to refer to GR-815, GR-1129, GR-1299, GR-30, GR-199, GR-215, GR-217,
    GR-218, GR-219, GR-220, GR-227, GR-268, GR-317, GR-385, GR-391, GR-394, TR-NWT-000444,
    GR-478, GR-505, GR-508, GR-511, GR-529, GR-533, GR-567, GR-570, GR-571, GR-572, GR-575,
    GR-580, GR-586, GR-610, GR-690, TR-740, GR-831 , GR-833, TR-TSY-000857, GR-858, TR-TSY-000861,
    GR-862, TR-NWT-000864, TR-NWT-000865, GR-866, GR-972, TA-TSY-001034, GR-1083, GR-1100, GR-1245,
    GR-1310, GR-1343, GR-1364, GR-1401, GR-1436, GR-1512, GR-1520, GR-2801, GR-2822, GR-2932,
    GR-2956, and/or ATIS Technical Requirements No. 2.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1298-CORE
    1 gr1299
    3 GR-1299
    4 AINGR: Switch - Service Control Point (SCP)/Adjunct Interface
    6 PS52
    5 10
    4 2004/11/23
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001285 Issue01
    7 542
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1299_CORE.i10.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001299.

    Issue 10 of GR-1299, AINGR: Switch - Service Control Point (SCP)/Adjunct Interface, replaces Issue 9.

    GR-1299 provides generic requirements for the AIN Switch - Service Control Point (SCP)/Adjunct Interface. The generic requirements
    for the interface include primarily the application protocol used by the switch, SCP and Adjunct, as well as lower layer protocols
    used by the SCP. The generic requirements in this GR pertain to the AIN switching system and SCP/Adjunct.

    This document contains the service logic to enable service providers and network operators to offer unique and/or customized service
    to generate new revenue. GR-1299 was produced as a result of the collaborations with other industry experts on AIN in several telecom
    companies, and the time-tested requirements are accepted as the only AIN requirements in the industry today.

    Issue 10 of GR-1299 includes changes for the
    "call treatment indicator" field.

    When using GR-1299, you may want to refer to GR-246, GR-1129, GR-1298, and GR-606, or GR-1241.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1299-CORE
    1 gr13
    3 GR-13
    4 Generic Requirements for Pedestal Terminal Closures
    6 PS31 PS73
    5 04
    4 2008/01/06
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-000013 Issue02
    7 60
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_13_CORE.i04.pdf
    GR-13 outlines the Telcordia proposed generic requirements for pedestal terminal closures intended to house passive telecommunications
    components used in an Outside Plant (OSP) environment. These closures may house copper terminal blocks, coaxial taps, or passive fiber
    optic distribution equipment used for the distribution of telephone service and broadband services. This document can be used for
    copper (both twisted pair and coax) and fiber optic passive distribution networks. It covers the housing only and not the equipment
    that will be installed in the pedestal.

    GR-13 is the one document that contains all the general, electrical, mechanical and environmental requirements for pedestal terminal
    closure products. It would help users, suppliers and manufacturers properly access, test and review pedestal terminal closure products.
    By identifying testing issues, millions of dollars in field issues can be avoided.

    GR-13, Issue 4 is intended to help service providers and equipment vendors evaluate new products and lay the framework for
    Fiber-to-the-Premises (FTTP) implementations.

    Issue 4 contains the following highlights:
    • Outlines the Telcordia proposed generic requirements for pedestal terminal closures intended to house passive
    telecommunications components used in an outside plant environment
  • Covers closures that may house copper terminal blocks, coaxial taps, or passive fiber optic distribution equipment used for the
  • distribution of telephone service and broadband services
  • Provides for bonding and grounding incoming cables and the mounting of station-to-cable protectors
  • Requirements can be used for copper (both twisted pair and coax) and fiber optic passive distribution networks.
  • Issue 4 of GR-13, Generic Requirements for Pedestal Terminal Closures, replaces Issue 3.

    GR-13 replaces TR-NWT-000013 and MDP-326-134.

    When using GR-13, you may want to refer to GR-3108, GR-3120, GR-3121, GR-3122, and GR-3123.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-13-CORE
    1 gr1309
    3 GR-1309
    4 TSC/RTU and OTAU Generic Requirements for Remote Optical Fiber
    Testing
    6 PS41 PS32
    5 01
    4 1995/06/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001309 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1309_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document presents the Telcordia view of generic Test System Controller/Remote Test Unit (TSC/RTU) and Optical Test Access Unit
    (OTAU) functional requirements to support a Remote Fiber Test System (RFTS).

    GR-1309 replaces TA-NWT-001309.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1309-CORE
    1 gr1310
    3 GR-1310
    4 ISDN Call Deflection for Primary Rate Interfaces Generic
    Requirements
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1996/09/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001310 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1310_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001310 and TA-NWT-001310-SUP01.

    Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Call Deflection (I-CD) is a set of features that provide ISDN users with the capability
    to respond to an offered call with a request for their serving switch to deflect the call (i.e., redirect the call) to another user
    identified in the request.

    The deflecting user retains an association with the call until it is successfully offered to the user identified in the call
    deflection request or until the deflecting user clears from the call. If the deflection attempt is unsuccessful, the deflecting user
    may send another deflection request, answer the call or clear the call.

    This document provides switching and signaling generic requirements for Call Deflection for Class II equipment on Primary Rate
    Interfaces (PRI). However, the calling and deflected-to users may be non-ISDN users, or ISDN users served by Class I equipment on ISDN
    Basic Rate Interfaces (BRIs) or by Class II equipment on PRIs.

    The GR also defines two additional subscription options, Call Deflection After Answer (CDAA) and Call Return. These subscription
    options offer incremental capabilities and are applicable once the user is subscribed to the basic feature.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1310-CORE
    1 gr1312
    3 GR-1312
    4 Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber Amplifiers and Proprietary
    Dense Wavelength-Division Multiplexed Systems
    6 PS32
    5 03
    4 1999/04/02
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001312 Issue02
    7 240
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1312_CORE.i03.pdf
    GR-1312 provides the proposed generic criteria for the performance and reliability of Optical Fiber Amplifiers (OFAs) and proprietary
    Dense Wavelength-Division Multiplexed (DWDM) systems. The criteria can be used to determine if the OFA or the DWDM system possesses
    the features, functions, and characteristics claimed by the supplier, and increases the likelihood that the product in question will
    perform according to the expectations of the user.

    OFAs are intended for use in interoffice, loop feeder, ring, and fiber-in-the-loop applications. The OFAs in this document may be
    stand-alone system elements, or may be composite OFAs that include a passive element such as a wavelength-division
    multiplexer/demultiplexer or passive dispersion compensator. (OFAs with active elements, such as transmitter or receivers, are not
    included at this time.) These can be inserted as a"black-box" into the network. Proprietary DWDM systems may or may not contain
    OFAs, and are also treated as a black-box. The internal interfaces are proprietary, and only external interfaces are considered in
    this GR.

    The document covers the structure and operation of OFAs and of DWDM systems configurations. Criteria include optical, maintenance,
    environmental, electrical, and mechanical aspects. Performance verification test procedures are covered. Network management issues
    include protocols, fault performance, configuration management, and security. Finally, criteria for reliability assurance,
    qualification, and lot controls are provided.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-001312.

    When using GR-1312, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-20, GR-253, GR-326, SR-332, GR-409, GR-418,
    GR-499, GR-513, TR-TSY-000827, GR-828, GR-1089, GR-974, GR-2854, GR-2918, and/or various ANSI, ASTM,
    EIA, MIL-STD, IEC, and ITU-T documents.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1312-CORE
    1 gr1315
    3 GR-1315
    4 In-Process Quality Metrics Generic Requirements
    6 PS72
    5 02
    4 1997/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001315 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1315_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document describes Telcordia generic requirements for In-Process Quality Metrics (IPQM) to be implemented during the development
    and maintenance of software by a supplier for a typical Local Exchange Carrier (LEC).

    This GR defines generic process requirements for effective project and process management and identifies a set of metrics to be
    used to measure progress toward project goals.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-001315.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1315-CORE
    1 gr1323
    3 GR-1323
    4 Supplier Data - Comprehensive Generic Requirements
    6 PS72
    5 01
    4 1995/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001323 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1323_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001323, and TR-NWT-001323-SUP01.

    Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) or other service providers may choose to use Quality and Reliability (Q&R) information to help assure
    the quality of procured products and services and as input to procurement decisions. Information derived from suppliers' Q&R data
    assists a LEC and other service providers to consider the affects of Q&R on total cost of product procurements, operation, and
    maintenance.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides a framework to request such Q&R data and for suppliers to respond. It suggests
    criteria for a supplier's system for collecting and reporting data and for completing and returning standard report forms and/or
    standard Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) transactions.

    When using GR-1323, you may need to refer to TR-NWT-001037. You may also want to refer to TR-TSY-000389, GR-929, and/or
    ANSI X.12.1.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1323-CORE
    1 gr1326
    3 GR-1326
    4 Generic Requirements for ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) Calling
    Name Identification Services
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1998/08/19
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001326 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1326_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document contains the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for calling name identification in an Integrated Services
    Digital Network (ISDN) for a Basic Rate Interface (BRI). The proposed ISDN calling name identification services extend the CLASS
    Feature: Calling Name Delivery (CNAM) described in TR-NWT-001188, LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Calling Name Delivery Generic
    Requirements, to an ISDN BRI.

    This document also contains the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for the Link BRI Calling Name Presentation to
    Calling Number Presentation feature.

    GR-1326 completely replaces TR-NWT-001326, Issue 1, September 1993; and its bulletin. ISDN Calling Name Delivery (I-CNAM) interacts
    with call control to send name information to be displayed by ISDN terminals using the ISDN display text protocol defined in
    TR-NWT-000865. ISDN Calling Identity Delivery and Suppression (I-CIDS) allows the calling user to explicitly set the presentation
    status of both the calling name and the calling number as"public" or "private" on a per-call basis. The Link BRI Calling Name
    Presentation to Calling Number Presentation capability is used to set the calling name presentation status equal to the presentation
    status of the calling number for that call.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1326-CORE
    1 gr1327
    3 GR-1327
    4 Frame Relay Network Element Operations
    6 PS58
    5 01
    4 1994/04/12
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001327 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1327_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for Frame Relay Network Elements (NE) operations. Operations is a
    generic term for a variety of typical Telcordia Client activities that are performed to plan, engineer, provision, maintain,
    administer, and manage networks and the services they each support. This document sets out the requirements for implementing functions
    and features in Frame Relay NEs (FR-NEs) to meet operations needs. It also outlines the preliminary approach toward requirements for
    the interfaces between FR-NEs and Management Systems (MSs, formerly termed Operations Systems, OSs).

    These generic requirements pertain to the management of the Frame Relay network as well as providing necessary data to Customer
    Network Management (CNM) service and Exchange Access Operations Management (XA-OM) service.

    GR-1327 replaced TA-NWT-001327.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1327-CORE
    1 gr1332
    3 GR-1332
    4 Generic Requirements for Data Communication Network Security
    6 Other
    5 02
    4 1996/04/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-STS-001332 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1332_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic security requirements for Local Exchange Carrier Data Communication Networks. The
    proposed generic security requirements in this document are intended to apply to evolving networks and new technologies. New
    technologies are prone to intrusions due to the nature of their being new and are, therefore, yet to be subjected to the test of time
    and extensive use. The exploitation of new technology into existing and new network products that will eventually be integrated into
    existing heterogeneous networks, forces their implementation to be"open" by being interoperable. This openness, frequently
    coupled with inadequate security services makes them more vulnerable to intruders' attempts at subverting whatever security they may
    provide.

    Although these requirements are generic functional requirements for security, they are applicable as foundation baselines for a
    variety of large network environments where security is expected and highly desired by users, e.g., X.25 Packet Networks, Local Area
    Networks (LANs), and Synchronous Optical Networks (SONETs).

    This GR provides baseline generic requirements from which requirements specific to a particular network may be derived. Specific
    Local Area Network (LAN) requirements are also included.

    GR-1332 replaced TA-STS-001332.

    When using GR-1332, you may need to refer to GR-815. You may also want to refer to GR-1194.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1332-CORE
    1 gr1337
    3 GR-1337
    4 Multipoint Multimedia Conferencing Control Unit
    6 PS21
    5 02
    4 1995/11/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 FA-NWT-001337 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1337_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document presents the Telcordia view of proposed generic criteria for Multipoint Control Units (MCUs) to the industry. These are
    multipoint devices which allow three or more audiovisual terminals to intercommunicate in a conference call.

    The MCU provides a multipoint/multimedia conferencing service involving audio, video, and data (over T1, ISDN, Switched-56, or ATM
    interfaces). The audio, video, and data can be dynamically managed by the users and the MCU during the conference.

    Revision 1 provides refined Phase I and Phase II requirements, and expands on the T.120 information that was contained in Issue 2.

    GR-1337 replaces FA-NWT-001337.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1337-CORE
    1 gr1339
    3 GR-1339
    4 Generic Reliability Requirements for Digital Cross-Connect
    Systems
    6 PS21 PS72
    5 01
    4 1997/03/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001339 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1339_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001339.

    GR-1339 provides the view of Telcordia on generic hardware reliability and field reliability performance requirements that in the
    view of Telcordia are appropriate for most Digital Cross-Connect Systems (DCSs) network applications. A DCS terminates standard
    digital signals operating at DS1 and DS3 signal rates, or SONET electrical (STS-N) or optical carrier (OC-N) signal rates, and
    automatically cross-connects or rearranges these signals according to a network map stored in the system controller. The type of
    cross-connect systems described in this document include narrowband, wideband, and broadband DCSs.

    It is the view of Telcordia that the requirements set forth in this document meet the needs of the customer for high availability
    services, customer configurable networks, and network restoration management. Future applications may place even higher demands on DCS
    reliability than the generic requirements set forth in this document.

    When using GR-1339, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-78, GR-474, TR-NWT-000170, TR-NWT-000233, GR-253,
    SR-332, GR-1244, SR-TSY-001130, and/or SR-1171, GR-284 and/or GR-929.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1339-CORE
    1 gr1343
    3 GR-1343
    4 Generic Requirements for the Automatic Message Accounting Data
    Networking System (AMADNS)
    6 PS13
    5 06
    4 2003/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001343 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1343_CORE.i06.pdf
    GR-1343 provides the complete set of proposed generic requirements for AMADNS, and replaces GR-1343, Issue 5. Addressed in the
    requirements are the components of the system and the interfaces to these components.

    Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) is the mechanized process of measuring and accounting for the use of network resources by
    customers and carriers. The data generated during the AMA process must be transferred from the points of data generation (e.g.,
    Switching Systems) to the points of data application (e.g., Billing Systems). In addition to data transfer, data processing and data
    management are required to support the provision of AMA data to applications. The transfer, processing, and management of AMA data is
    called AMA Data Networking and is provided by the AMA Data Networking System (AMADNS).

    AMADNS supports the transfer, processing, and management mechanisms required to supply data applications with AMA data. Although
    similar mechanisms are provided by the AMA Teleprocessing System (AMATPS), which is the system currently used for AMA data transfer,
    the future environment dictates that mechanisms be supported that are considerably more advanced than the present ones. The future
    environment will see substantially higher AMA data volumes due to new network services and more comprehensive measurement strategies
    for existing services. At the same time, new applications will require access to AMA data, and some of these applications have special
    needs, such as specialized data processing, and near real-time and on-demand access to AMA data. In addition, the value of given AMA
    data may vary widely (e.g., due to the use of data aggregation), thereby requiring the capability to treat different AMA data in a
    different manner. Because AMATPS will not be able to adequately support this future environment, the concept of an AMADNS has been
    developed. AMADNS is designed to support the anticipated AMA data volumes and special needs of multiple applications while retaining
    the high degree of quality, availability, and security required for AMA data.

    Updates to the requirements provided in Issue 6 of this GR address the recent issues that have been resolved for publication,
    including the role of AMADNS in Next Generation Network (NGN) billing solutions. The primary changes occurred in Sections 2, 3, and
    Appendix B.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-001343.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1343-CORE
    1 gr1344
    3 GR-1344
    4 Operations Generic Criteria for WACS NES
    6 PS42
    5 02
    4 1995/03/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-TSV-001344 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1344_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document provides the view of Telcordia on functional operations generic criteria for the radio access network elements to support
    Fixed Wireless Access (FWA) to the Public Switched Telephone Network as well as Personal Communications Services (PCS's) Access
    Services for radio Ports (PASP) based on the Wireless Access Communications System (WACS) Version 0.1 as defined in TR-INS-001313,
    Generic Criteria for Version 0.1 Wireless Access Communication Systems (WACS).

    The WACS network elements that are managed are the Radio Port Control Unit, the FWA Radio Port, and the FWA Subscriber Unit.
    GR-2835, Generic Operations Interfaces using OSI Tools - Information Model for WACS RPCU, is a companion to this document
    and contains the Common Management Information Service Element (CMISE) information model and Common Management Information Protocol
    (CMIP) messages for the Operations System/Network Element (OS/NE) interface. The name"PACS" is used in place of "WACS" throughout the
    document since agreements have been reached in the JTC standards body on a PACS air interface standard.

    GR-1344 replaced TA-TSV-001344.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1344-CORE
    1 gr1345
    3 GR-1345
    4 Framework Generic Requirements for Element Manager (EM)
    Applications for SONET Subnetworks
    6 Other
    5 01
    4 2000/12/15
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 FA-NWT-001345 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1345_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces FA-NWT-001345, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that document.

    It has been reissued strictly to conform to the Telcordia Technologies document format. The requirements criteria in this GR remains
    the Telcordia early preliminary view of Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) operations applications that either are required or may be
    required in the future for Element Managers (EMs) managing SONET subnetworks. SONET EMs, sometimes referred to as SONET Subnetwork
    Operations Controllers (SOCs), can be used to enable a more efficient and responsive operations architecture to manage the constantly
    evolving telecommunications network.

    SONET EMs are intended to shield the complexity and details of the management of individual SONET architectures and vendor products
    from network level management applications (e.g., Operations Systems). Preprocessing and filtering of messages from subnetworks of
    SONET NEs are also important features for SONET EMs. Many applications and interfaces are identified (at this time, in a functional
    manner) that will need to be defined in more detail to allow existing Operations Systems (OSs) and SONET EMs to work together to manage
    SONET networks.

    This GR is intended to solicit industry input on the topic and direction of SONET Element Manager operations applications.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1345-CORE
    1 gr1357
    3 GR-1357
    4 Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
    Supporting Switched DS1/Switched Fractional DS1 Service
    Capability (SWF-DS1)
    6 PS14
    5 01
    4 1999/05/24
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001357 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1357_CORE.i01.pdf
    The Switched DS1/Switched Fractional DS1 (SWF-DS1) service capability allows customers to set up n x 64 kbps (2 less than or equal to n
    less than or equal to 24) calls from an Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Primary Rate Interface (PRI) in real-time and in the
    same manner as any circuit-switched 64-kbps ISDN data call. SWF-DS1 is an extension of 64-kbps circuit-switched data calls and supports
    Unrestricted Digital Information (UDI) bearer capabilities at nx64 kbps. This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides information
    for interconnecting Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) Common Channel Signaling (CCS) networks with Interconnecting Networks (ICNs) to
    support internetwork SWF-DS1 service capability from an ISDN primary rate interface.

    This document replaces TR-NWT-001357, Issue 1, September 1993, but it does not contain any technical changes since that TR was
    published. It has been issued to conform to the Telcordia GR process.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1357-CORE
    1 gr136
    3 GR-136
    4 Generic Requirements for Distributing Frame Wire
    6 PS55
    5 01
    4 1995/10/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-TSY-000136 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_136_ILR.i1B.pdf;GR_136_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-TSY-000136.

    GR-136 sets forth the Telcordia view of requirements for Distributing Frame Wire intended for use in Central Offices for the
    interconnection of transmission and switching equipment and for connections to the main frame. The requirements are necessary to meet
    the minimum operational compatibility or service consistency needs of a user of this product. Requirements include functional criteria,
    generic mechanical and electrical requirements, and test methods to help in comparing the product against the stated requirements.

    When using GR-136, you may need to refer to GR-492 and several ASTM specifications. You may also want to refer to ISO 9000 and
    9004 documents.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-136-CORE
    GR-136-ILR
    1 gr1364
    3 GR-1364
    4 LSSGR: Switch Processing Time Generic Requirements, Section 5.6
    6 PS11
    5 01
    4 1995/06/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001364 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1364_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001364.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides the view of
    Telcordia on switch processing time requirements. It describes a methodology for categorizing the various types of switch processing,
    and specifies mean and 95% values as requirements for each of these categories.

    The switch processing time requirements apply to various disciplines including Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN), Common Channel
    Signaling (CCS), Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Access, MultiFrequency (MF) signaling, and operator services. Switch
    processing times are important performance characteristics because they represent the switches' contribution to the delays that
    telecommunications end users perceive. In fact, throughout the various phases of an end user's involvement in a call, the switch
    processing times are one of the largest contributors to delays that the end user may perceive.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1364-CORE
    1 gr1365
    3 GR-1365
    4 SONET Private Line Service Interface Generic Criteria for End
    Users
    6 PS24 PS21
    5 01
    4 1994/12/29
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001365 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1365_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001365.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides the view of Telcordia on generic criteria for the Synchronous Optical Network
    (SONET) Private Line Service interface to the end user. It describes initial service configurations and covers interface and
    maintenance criteria for the associated optical and electrical interfaces. It further describes potential future services and
    interfaces at rates not currently in SONET standards, including the use of SONET inverse multiplexing. It also addresses the extension
    of the DCC to the end user, related security concerns, and alternate means for providing customer network management.

    When using GR-1365, you may need to refer to GR-253, GR-20, GR-326, GR-436, GR-499, ITU-T G.652, ANSI T1.101,
    and/or ANSI T1.105. You may also want to refer to GR-1374, and/or SR-NWT-001756.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1365-CORE
    1 gr1367
    3 GR-1367
    4 Generic Requirements for ISDN Calling Name Identification
    Services for Primary Rate Interface
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1997/08/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001367 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1367_ILR.i1B.pdf;GR_1367_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Calling Name
    Identification Services (CNAM) for a Primary Rate Interface (PRI).

    The ISDN Calling Name Identification Services for PRI extends the CLASS (SM) Feature: Calling Name Delivery (CNAM) to an ISDN PRI.
    CNAM interacts with call control to send name information from a Stored Program Control System (SPCS) to ISDN Class II Equipment (CTE)
    using Common Element Procedures. The Presentation of Calling Name feature (PCN) allows the calling CTE to explicitly set the
    presentation status of the calling name as"private" or "public" on a per-call basis. This document also contains generic requirements
    for a Calling Name service in an Integrated Customer Advanced Networking (ICAN) network.

    Revision 1 contains the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Calling
    Name Identification Services (CNAM) for Primary Rate Interface (PRI). The ISDN Calling Name Identification Services for PRI extends
    the CLASS(SM) Feature: Calling Name Delivery (CNAM) described in GR-1188, CLASS Calling Name Delivery Generic Requirements to an
    ISDN PRI. The ISDN Calling Name Identification Services for PRI also includes generic requirements for a Calling Name
    Identification Service in an Integrated Customer Advanced Networking (ICAN) network.

    Revision 2 contains the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
    Calling Name Identification Services (CNAM) for Primary Rate Interface (PRI). The ISDN Calling Name Identification Services for PRI
    extends the CLASS (SM) Feature: Calling Name Delivery (CNAM) described in GR-1188, CLASS Calling Name Delivery Generic Requirements
    to an ISDN PRI. The ISDN Calling Name Identification Services for PRI also includes generic requirements for a Calling Name
    Identification Service in an Integrated Customer Advanced Networking (ICAN) network.

    Revision 3 contains updates to the generic requirements based on the FCC ruling that links calling name presentation to calling
    number presentation. Issue 1 of this GR contains the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for the Integrated Services
    Digital Network (ISDN) Calling Name Identification Services for Primary Rate Interfaces (PRIs).
    The ISDN Calling Name Identification Services for PRI extends the CLASS feature: Calling Name Delivery (CNAM) described in GR-1188,
    CLASS Calling Name Delivery Generic Requirements to an ISDN PRI. The ISDN Calling Name Identification Services for PRI also
    includes generic requirements for a Calling Name Identification Service in an Integrated Customer Advanced Networking (ICAN) network.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-001367.

    When using GR-1367, you may need to refer to GR-1188, TR-NWT-001268, GR-2823, GR-317, GR-391, GR-394,
    TR-NWT-000444, GR-478, GR-511, TR-TSY-000519 (canceled), GR-862, GR-1100, GR-1326, and/or GR-2820.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.

    Revision 1, Revision 2, and Revision 3 are included with this document.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1367-CORE
    GR-1367-ILR
    1 gr137
    3 GR-137
    4 Generic Requirements for Twisted-Pair Metallic Cable Products
    Used in Telecommunications Facilities
    6 PS33
    5 02
    4 2013/05/13
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-000137 Issue02
    7 128
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $975.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_137_CORE.i02.pdf

    GR-137, Issue 2, sets forth the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for metallic wire products applicable for metallic
    twisted-pair wire products used inside telecommunications facilities for interconnection of service provider equipment such as
    transmission and switching devices. The generic requirements are necessary to meet the minimum operational compatibility or service
    consistency needs for users of these products.

    This GR covers mechanical and electrical generic requirements for insulated telecommunications cables and is organized into sections
    covering conductors, insulation, core assembly, optional foil screens, jackets and the electrical and mechanical performance
    requirements for the completed wire products.

    Issue 2 includes the following changes:
    • Revisions for the latest insulation, jacket, and cable core material technologies, and other design changes that have occurred
    since the document was last issued. These efforts were also made to broaden the allowed materials and wire designs through the use of
    functional performance tests to replace material-specific tests for cable components.
  • Harmonization and coordination with the new issue of GR-3164 and other relevant industry specifications (i.e., UL, ICEA, TL 9000,
  • etc.).
  • Consolidation of requirements to cover twisted wire products used in a variety of building facilities (COs, Data centers, telecom
  • rooms in commercial buildings) for network equipment applications.

    GR-137, Issue 2, aligns with GR-3164 and is intended to work in conjunction with GR-126, GR-136, and GR-3164 to form a family of GRs
    that cover all the twisted-pair wire and cable products used inside the buildings/facilities of communications utility service
    providers.

    GR-137, Issue 2, replaces GR-137, Issue 1; TA-TSY-000140; TA-TSY-000141; and TA-TSY-000142.

    When using GR-137, you may need to refer to GR-126, GR-136, GR-421, GR-3164, and several ASTM specifications. You
    may also want to refer to ISO 9000 and 9004 documents.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-137-CORE
    1 gr1371
    3 GR-1371
    4 Phase 1 Frame Relay PVC CNM Service
    6 PS58
    5 01
    4 1994/04/12
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001371 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1371_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the service definition for Frame Relay(FR) Permanent Virtual
    Connection (PVC) Customer Network Management (CNM) service. It presents the potential FR PVC CNM service capabilities, proposed FR PVC
    CNM information, and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)-based access mechanism to retrieve the FR PVC CNM information, and the
    proposed architecture.

    GR-1371 replaced TA-NWT-001371.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1371-CORE
    1 gr1373
    3 GR-1373
    4 Engineering, Installation/Removal Quality System Generic
    Requirements
    6 PS55
    5 01
    4 2003/07/22
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001373 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1373_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-1373 replaces TR-NWT-001373, Issue 1, December 1993, but, contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been
    issued strictly to conform to the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

    This Generic Requirements document (GR) identifies the Telcordia view of generic requirements for the basic elements of a Quality
    System Analysis for providers of Telecommunications Engineering, Installation/Removal services. The services referred to in this
    document are typically associated with the Engineering or Installation effort required to provide new equipment, add to existing
    equipment, or remove various pieces of central office equipment, including updating associated documentation. The equipment may be
    Switching, Transmission or Power.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1373-CORE
    1 gr1374
    3 GR-1374
    4 SONET Inter-Carrier Interface Physical Layer Generic Criteria For
    Carriers
    6 PS24 PS21
    5 01
    4 1994/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001374 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1374_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001374.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides the Telcordia view of physical layer generic criteria for the Synchronous Optical
    Network (SONET) Inter-Carrier Interface (S-ICI). It sets forth a practical subset of SONET parameters for use at six S-ICI reference
    configurations at four line
    rates, covering physical media dependent characteristics, the functionality at the SONET Section, Line, and Path layers, and other
    necessary criteria.

    It also addresses the use of the DCC, security issues, customer network management, and includes three- and four-node architectures
    with dual link S-ICIs for line and node protection.

    When using GR-1374, you may need to refer to GR-253, GR-326, GR-436, and ANSI T1.101, T1.105, and T1.404. You may also
    want to refer to GR-499, GR-815, and/or ANSI T1.231.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1374-CORE
    1 gr1379
    3 GR-1379
    4 Frame Relay Service Generic Criteria On Operations Interfaces -
    Information Model And Usage
    6 PS58
    5 01
    4 1994/04/07
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001379 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1379_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document defines the view of Telcordia on generic requirements regarding the management information that can be exchanged between
    a management system and a managed system in support of Frame Relay Service (FRS). For FRS, managed systems are called Frame Relay
    Switching Systems.

    The FRS information model is defined in ISO/IEC 10165-4 | CCITT Recommendation X.722 format; the syntax of the exchanged information
    is specified using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1). Management information is exchanged between a management system and a Frame
    Relay Switching System using Common Management Information Protocol (CMIP) Protocol Data Units.

    GR-1379 replaced TA-NWT-001379.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1379-CORE
    1 gr1380
    3 GR-1380
    4 Generic Requirements for Fusion Splice Protectors
    6 PS36
    5 01
    4 1994/07/12
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001380 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1380_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document identifies the view of Telcordia on generic technical requirements for analyzing single fiber and multi fiber fusion
    splice protectors. It includes the requirements, desired features, characteristics and objectives for fusion splice protectors and
    recommended test methods for comparing the product against the stated requirements.

    GR-1380 replaced TA-NWT-001380.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1380-CORE
    1 gr1397
    3 GR-1397
    4 Generic Requirements for ISDN PRI Call-by-Call Hotel/Motel and
    Selective Class of Call Screening (SCOCS) Service Selections
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1998/02/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001397 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1397_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001397.

    GR-1397 contains the Telcordia view of proposed Generic Requirements for ISDN PRI Call-by-Call Hotel/Motel and Selective Class of
    Call Screening (SCOCS) Service Selections. Call-by-call Hotel/Motel and SCOCS Service Selections allow Class II Equipment to identify,
    on a per-call basis, that a speech, 3.1-kHz audio, 56-kbps or 64-kbps circuit-switched data call originating from a PRI is subject to
    the treatment provided for the Hotel/Motel of SCOCS class of service. Simulated Facility Groups (SFGs), which provide a mechanism to
    control the number of concurrent calls associated with the particular class of service at a PRI, are defined for Hotel/Motel and SCOCS
    Service Selections.

    This GR extends this feature to allow for enhanced billing capabilities. The ISDN PRI may be subscribed on a per-SFG basis to use a
    special billing number associated with the Hotel/Motel or SCOCS SFG, or to use the user-provided Redirecting Number or Calling Party
    Number information for the call. The special billing number is used as the default when the user-provided number information cannot be
    used.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1397-CORE
    1 gr1399
    3 GR-1399
    4 Generic Requirements for Coaxial Distribution Cable
    6 PS33 PS34
    5 01
    4 1994/08/09
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001399 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1399_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document details the Telcordia view of the generic requirements for Coaxial Distribution Cable intended for use in aerial,
    underground and buried applications. Coaxial Distribution Cable is constructed with copper-clad aluminum center conductor insulated
    with a suitable dielectric material. Insulations commonly used are expanded (foamed) polyethylene or periodically placed molded
    polyethylene discs on the center conductor with air in between. The outer conductor or shield of a coaxial distribution cable consists
    of an aluminum tube of desired thickness for semi-flexible and semi-rigid applications.

    The outer conductor is covered with a plastic jacket. For underground installations, additional armor may be provided. For
    corrosion protection, additional corrosion inhibitors could be added to the cable core. Coaxial cables in general do not need messenger
    wire for aerial applications. However, for increased span length or areas of heavy ice loading and severe wind conditions, a messenger
    wire is additionally required.

    Revision 1 provides a list of Distribution Coaxial Cables that are considered to be the most popular sizes for the Local Exchange
    Carriers (LECs) video and broadband networks. In addition, a list of various products is provided, based on attenuation grouping.

    GR-1399 replaced TR-NWT-001399 and TA-NWT-001399.

    When using GR-1399, you may need to refer to GR-421, GR-1503. You may also want to refer to GR-909, andGR-1398.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1399-CORE
    1 gr1400
    3 GR-1400
    4 SONET Unidirectional Path Switched Ring (UPSR) Equipment Generic
    Criteria
    6 PS24
    5 03
    4 2006/07/13
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001400 Issue01
    7 126
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1400_CORE.i03.pdf
    Issue 3 of GR-1400, SONET Unidirectional Path-Switched Ring (UPSR) Equipment Generic Criteria, replaces Issue 2.

    GR-1400 contains the Telcordia view of generic criteria for Network Elements that are specified to be capable of being deployed as
    nodes in Unidirectional Path-Switched Rings (i.e., UPSR NEs). UPSR NEs utilize one of the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) schemes
    that have been defined to improve the survivability of transport systems by allowing them to switch to standby equipment or facilities
    to process or carry network traffic when degradations affecting the active equipment or facilities occur.

    Issue 3 contains the following additions and changes:
    • A significant reorganization has been done, and the scope of the document has been expanded to include other NEs [in addition
    to SONET Add-Drop Multiplexers (ADMs)] that may be deployed as nodes in a UPSR [e.g., SONET Digital Cross-Connect Systems (DCSs)]
  • Various requirements have been updated to align with the latest issue of GR-253-CORE, Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
  • Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria
  • New sections have been added to address new developments in the technology
  • Various existing criteria (and in most cases, explanatory text) have been revised and new criteria added on the path selection
  • process, provisioning, switch initiation times, switch completion times, and other issues
  • New or modified explanatory text has been provided on a number of topics, including the functional architecture of a UPSR, the
  • various applications in which a UPSR NE might be deployed, and the operations communications routing and interworking functions that a
    UPSR NE may need to support.
    GR-1400 replaced TA-NWT-001400 and TR-TSY-000496.

    When using GR-1400, you may want to refer to GR-253, GR-378, GR-418, GR-496, GR-499, GR-820, GR-1230,
    GR-2996, and TR-TSY-000824. In addition, you may also want to refer to ITU-T Rec. G.841.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1400-CORE
    1 gr1401
    3 GR-1401
    4 Visual Message Waiting Indicator Generic Requirements (FSD
    01-02-2000)
    6 PS11
    5 01
    4 2000/06/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001401 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1401_CORE.i01.pdf
    This GR presents the Telcordia view of generic requirements for a Visual Message Waiting Indicator (VMWI). VMWI is an SPCS feature that
    activates and deactivates a visual indicator on Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) [e.g., a flashing Light Emitting Diode (LED)] to
    notify the customer that NEW messages are waiting. The messages are administered by a third party, an Independent Service Provider
    (ISP).

    GR-1401 replaces TR-NWT-001401, Issue 1, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been issued strictly
    to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1401-CORE
    1 gr1402
    3 GR-1402
    4 Network Maintenance: Access and Testing - DS3 HCDS TSC/RTU and
    DTAU Functional Requirements
    6 PS24 PS41
    5 01
    4 1995/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001402 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1402_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001402.

    GR-1402 provides the view of Telcordia on the functional requirements for performing DS3 (44.736 Mbps) High Capacity Digital
    Service (HCDS) access and testing. The requirements are specifically defined for Test System Controller/Remote Test Units (TSC/RTUs),
    Digital Test Access Units (DTAUs), Network Elements (NEs), and their related interfaces. They cover full-rate DS3 DTAU and TSC/RTU
    functions.

    GR-1402 was partly replaced by GR-818 (functional equirements) and GR-834 (TL1 messages for DS3 HCDS access and testing).

    When using GR-1402, may will need to refer to GR-818, GR-320, GR-499, ANSI 0.151, and/or IEEE 1007. You may also want
    to refer to GR-342, GR-811, and GR-831.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1402-CORE
    1 gr1406
    3 GR-1406
    4 Terminal Initialization for ISDN Packet-Mode Data Generic
    Requirements
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1994/01/10
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001406 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1406_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001406, Issue 1, July 1993.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides network planners, switch suppliers, and terminal suppliers with generic switch
    requirements to support initializing packet-mode data terminals. This document extends the initialization protocols and procedures
    defined for circuit-mode terminals in TR-TSY-000847, ISDN Features - Common Switching and Signaling Generic Requirements, to
    include packet-mode terminals.

    The following Telcordia documents are also required when implementing the proposed requirements in GR-1406: TR-TSY-000847, Issue
    1 plus Supplement 1; TR-TSY-000859, Issue 1 plus Supplement 1; TR-TSY-000860, Issue 1 plus Supplements; and TR-TSY-000861,
    Issue 1 plus Supplement 1.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1406-CORE
    1 gr1411
    3 GR-1411
    4 PCS Access Services Interface Specification in Support of PCS
    Routing Service, PCS Home Database Service, and PCS IS-41 Message
    Transport Service
    6 PS17
    5 01
    4 1994/04/11
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-TSV-001411 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1411_ILR.i1A.pdf;GR_1411_CORE.i01.pdf
    The Personal Communications Service (PCS) Access Services are intended to allow PCS Service Providers (PSPs) to choose the level of
    functionality they purchase from a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) or other service provider. Depending on the equipment and
    functionality that the PSP has in its network, a PCS Access Service can provide PSPs with the
    complementary functionality they need to provide PCS to their end users.

    The end user pays the PSP for the service provided, while the PSP buys the PCS Access Service from the LEC or other service
    provider.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) interface document provides the view of Telcordia on a detailed description of the Personal
    Communications Service Access Services provided by a typical LEC, or other service provider, which are expected to be made available in
    the near-term. These access services include the PCS Routing Service, the PCS Home Database Service, and the PCS Interim Standard-41
    (IS-41) Message Transport Service.

    This document describes the typical Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) to PCS Service Provider (PSP) interfaces that must be in place in
    order to provide these PCS Access Services, including specification of the messages and parameters that go over these interfaces.

    GR-1411 replaced TA-TSV-001411.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1411-ILR
    GR-1411-CORE
    1 gr1417
    3 GR-1417
    4 Broadband Switching System SS7 Generic Requirements
    6 PS15
    5 05
    4 1999/12/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1417_CORE.i05.pdf
    Issue 5 of GR-1417, Broadband Switching System SS7 Generic Requirements replaces Issue 4, November 1998.

    GR-1417 provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for the use of the Signaling System No. 7 (SS7) protocol for signaling
    between Broadband Switching Systems (BSSs) to support Switched Virtual Connections (SVCs). Specifically, this document describes
    procedures for using the Broadband ISDN User Part (BISUP) of SS7 to establish and release ATM switched virtual connections. This
    document represents current views based, in part, on existing and evolving standards related to B-ISDN. This document is also aligned
    with the ATM Forum Broadband Inter-Carrier Interface (B-ICI) Specification, Version 2.0 and Addendum thereto. This document, wherever
    possible, points to specific requirements already listed in other Telcordia requirements documents.

    The generic requirements given in this document cover switch functions and the messages, procedures, and parameters applicable to an
    interswitch interface that, in the view of Telcordia, are necessary to provide B-ISDN services across multiple BSSs. Included are
    procedures to support calls involving switched virtual connections between BSSs, including calls between client company networks and
    other Interconnecting Networks (ICNs). These ICNs include Interexchange Carriers (IXCs), International Carriers (INCs), and other Local
    Exchange Carriers (LECs), including Independent Local Exchange Carriers (ILECs). The procedures relate to B-ISDN point-to-point and
    point-to-multipoint single-connection basic calls. No supplementary services procedures are described. This document also provides
    requirements for supporting 64 kbit/s-based narrowband ISDN circuit-mode services and interworking with narrowband networks using ISUP.
    This document provides requirements for BISUP signaling using a quasi-associated CCS network, as well as requirements for BISUP
    signaling directly over ATM transport in the CCS associated mode. In addition, this document provides high level requirements related
    to interworking with private networks.

    Issue 5 of GR-1417 includes major changes in Sections 7, 8, 9, Appendixes A, B, C, D and H. For more detailed information regarding
    these changes, refer to Section 1.5.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1417-CORE
    1 gr1418
    3 GR-1418
    4 Generic Requirements for Wrist Strap Testers
    6 PS81
    5 02
    4 2016/09/16
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001418 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $350.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1418_CORE.i02.pdf

    Wrist straps are worn by persons who handle or perform maintenance on circuit packs, electronic assemblies, and systems that are
    sensitive to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). Frequent routine testing of wrist straps is required to ensure continued acceptable
    performance of the straps to avoid damage from ESD.

    GR-1418 provides the Telcordia view of minimum generic requirements for wrist strap testing devices that can quickly provide pass or
    fail information to verify the functionality of a wrist strap while it is being worn.

    When using GR-1418, you may want to refer to GR-63, GR-1089, GR-1421, and GR-1422.

    GR-1418 replaced TA-NWT-001418, Issue 1, and GR-1418, Issue 1.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1418-CORE
    1 gr1419
    3 GR-1419
    4 Generic Requirements for ESD-Protective Workstations
    6 PS74
    5 01
    4 1995/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1419_CORE.i01.pdf
    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides the Telcordia view of the minimum protective measures for handling Electrostatic
    Discharge Sensitive (ESDS) circuit packs or components during handling, shipping, unpacking, and repackaging.

    This document defines the minimum generic electrostatic, mechanical, environmental, and chemical requirements that a workstation
    shall incorporate before it can be considered for use.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1419-CORE
    1 gr1421
    3 GR-1421
    4 Generic Requirements for ESD-Protective Circuit Packed Containers
    6 PS34
    5 02
    4 1995/06/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001421 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1421_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document states Telcordia Technologies view of minimum requirements for reusable packaging materials and containers used to
    protect circuit packs that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge during shipment, storage, handling and between field uses. The
    document defines the minimum generic properties (electrostatic, mechanical, environmental, and chemical) that a reusable circuit-pack
    container shall have to be considered for use.

    The transient energy that may be dissipated by devices on circuit packs can be minimized by controlling surface properties and the
    volume resistivity of container materials and by controlling surface properties to minimize frictional or triboelectric charging of
    packs during shipping.

    GR-1421 replaced TA-NWT-001421.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1421-CORE
    1 gr1422
    3 GR-1422
    4 Generic Requirements for ESD-Controlling Wrist Straps
    6 PS74
    5 01
    4 1994/08/09
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001422 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1422_CORE.i01.pdf
    The use of wrist strap assemblies protect electronic devices and systems, by preventing the accumulation of triboelectric or
    frictionally generated charge on personnel who handle these devices and systems. This is accomplished by providing a safe discharge
    path from personnel to ground.

    This document defines the Telcordia view of the minimum generic electrostatic, mechanical, and chemical requirements for wrist strap
    assemblies that are used to ground personnel and provide protection from human-body Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) in static-sensitive
    environments.

    It includes the characteristics of a suitable wrist-strap assembly.

    GR-1422 replaced TA-NWT-001422.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1422-CORE
    1 gr1423
    3 GR-1423
    4 Generic Requirements for ESD-Protective Floor Finishes
    6 PS74
    5 01
    4 1994/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1423_CORE.i01.pdf
    Walking on the floor can cause electrostatic charging of personnel. The simple act of lifting the foot from the floor results in the
    accumulation of electrostatic charge on personnel, their clothing, and whatever they are carrying. This phenomenon is referred to as
    "Triboelectric charging" and can be minimized by treating and controlling the surface properties of the floor with a static dissipative
    floor finish.

    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for static dissipative floor finishes and floor finish removal
    materials. The document includes electrostatic, mechanical, chemical, and environmental requirements.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1423-CORE
    1 gr1424
    3 GR-1424
    4 Generic Requirements for ESD-Protective Floor Coverings
    6 PS74
    5 01
    4 1995/02/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1424_CORE.i01.pdf
    Walking on the floor can cause electrostatic charging of personnel. The simple act of lifting the foot from the floor results in the
    accumulation of electrostatic charge on personnel, their clothing, and whatever they are carrying. This phenomenon is referred to as
    "Triboelectric charging" and can be minimized by treating and controlling the surface properties of the floor by incorporating into the
    manufacture of the floor, statically dissipative materials.

    This document defines the Telcordia view of minimum requirements for Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protective floors or floor
    coverings used to control the electrostatic charging of personnel while walking when using heel straps or conductive ESD shoes. The
    document defines the minimum generic electrostatic, mechanical, chemical, and environmental requirements for static dissipative floors
    and the adhesives used to bond floor covering to the sub-floor.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1424-CORE
    1 gr1428
    3 GR-1428
    4 Common Channel Signaling (CCS) Network Interface Specification
    Supporting Toll-Free Service
    6 PS14 PS51
    5 02
    4 1995/05/02
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001428 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1428_CORE.i02.pdf
    Toll-Free Service is an example of a telephone company Number Service in which a special code,"800, 888, 877, etc.," indicates that
    the call requires special treatment. The digits following the code determine the routing of the call. It has become necessary to be
    able to route these toll-free calls to specific Interexchange Carriers (IXCs) or within the telephone company. Such routing varies
    depending on the arrangements made between the customer and the carriers and may include different routing based on the time of day,
    day of week, and location at which the call originated.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides information for the interconnection of Local Exchange Carriers' (LECs') Common
    Channel Signaling (CCS) networks with Interconnecting CCS Networks (ICNs) to support Toll-Free Service in an Intelligent Network (IN)
    environment. The document describes several interfaces between an ICN and the LEC network for Toll-Free Service. This document is a
    companion document to GR-905, Common Channel Signaling (CCS) Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Network
    Interconnection, Message Transfer Part (MTP), and Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (ISDNUP), and GR-1432, CCS
    Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting SCCP and TCAP, and supplements the basic information in them for Toll-Free
    Service.

    GR-1428 replaced TA-NWT-001428.

    When using GR-1428, you may need to refer to GR-905, GR-1432, GR-246, GR-317, GR-394, and/or GR-533. You
    may also want to refer to TR-NWT-000444, GR-1100, GR-2901, and/or TRA-LAP.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1428-CORE
    1 gr1429
    3 GR-1429
    4 Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
    Supporting Call Management Services
    6 PS14
    5 01
    4 1994/08/04
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001429 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1429_CORE.i01.pdf
    Call management services are a set of features that build on the capability to transport a calling party's number between end offices
    with Common Channel Signaling (CCS) call setup messages. In addition, some call management services use non-circuit-associated messages
    that allow a switching office to obtain intermission from another switching office, such as the busy/idle status of a line, without
    setting as a call between the switching offices. CLASS (SM) Automatic Callback (AC), Automatic Recall (AR), and Screening List Editing
    (SLE) are three examples of call management services.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document provides interconnecting CCS Networks (ICNs) with compatibility information required for
    interconnecting with Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) networks for call management services. This document is a companion document to
    GR-905, Common Channel Signaling (CCS) Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Network Interconnection, Message
    Transfer Part (MTP) and Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (ISDNUP), and GR-1432, CCS Network Interface
    Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting SCCP and TCAP, and supplements the basic information in them for call management services.

    GR-1429 replaced TA-NWT-001429.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1429-CORE
    1 gr1430
    3 GR-1430
    4 Generic Requirements for Initial Frame Relay PVC Exchange Access
    Operations Management (XA-OM) Service
    6 PS58
    5 01
    4 1994/10/19
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001430 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1430_CORE.i01.pdf
    Issue 1 of GR-1430, Generic Requirements for Initial Frame Relay PVC Exchange Access Operations Management (XA-OM) Service,
    presents the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for Frame Relay Permanent Virtual Connection (PVC) Exchange Access
    Operations Management (XA-OM) service. An XA-OM service is a set of network management capabilities provided by a Local Exchange
    Carrier (LEC) to an Interexchange Carrier (IC). These capabilities are intended to enable an IC to directly manage aspects of its
    exchange access service. Exchange access service is provided by a LEC to an IC in support of the IC's inter-Local Access and Transport
    Area (LATA) service offering.

    This document refers to Frame Relay PVC XA-OM as the ability of a LEC to provide an IC with capabilities to manage its Exchange
    Access Frame Relay service. Frame Relay is a frame-mode data service that allows for the transfer of variable length frames across a
    wide area providing LATA-wide, interLATA, and international connectivity. Frames are relayed from the source to the desired destination
    by means of virtual connections. In PVC service, virtual connections are established through administrative procedures at service
    subscription time.

    GR-1430 replaced TA-NWT-001430.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1430-CORE
    1 gr1431
    3 GR-1431
    4 Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
    Supporting Broadband Services
    6 PS14
    5 05
    4 1999/12/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1431_CORE.i05.pdf
    This document, Issue 5 of GR-1431, Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Broadband
    Services, replaces Issue 4, November 1998.

    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for signaling interconnection of a typical client company network
    with interconnecting networks using Common Channel Signaling (CCS) to support internetwork Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) broadband
    networking. The signaling is intended to allow Switched Virtual Connections (SVCs) to be established and released across a
    multiservice Broadband InterCarrier Interface (B-ICI). The B-ICI is set forth in GR-1115. GR-1115 provides information about the
    user and management planes for the B-ICI and, as such, is limited to support for Permanent Virtual Connections (PVCs). GR-1417
    provides Broadband Switching System (BSS) requirements for the signaling (control plane) information needed for establishing
    user-initiated SVCs in real time.

    This GR, on the other hand, describes the signaling (control plane) information that would be exchanged between a client company
    network and another network to support the establishment of user-initiated SVCs in real time.

    The intended users of this document are carriers whose networks interconnect with client company broadband networks for the purpose
    of supporting user-initiated SVCs across the network interface. This document describes the typical client company broadband network
    signaling as it appears at the network interface and focuses on meeting the needs of the interconnecting networks.

    This document describes procedures that affect the network interface when using the Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network
    User Part (BISUP) to establish and release ATM SVCs for calls that originate and terminate to an ATM-UNI and use an ATM internetwork
    interface. Related error and maintenance procedures are also included. The procedures relate to point-to-point and point-to-multipoint
    basic call, i.e., a call not involving supplementary service. Internetwork call control signaling is used to establish connections
    between client company BSSs that function as originating, intermediate, or terminating BSSs and suitably equipped interconnecting
    network BSSs.

    Procedures for 64 kbits/s-based narrowband circuit-mode services over ATM and interworking of these services with narrowband
    networks are supported over the signaling interface defined in this document.

    Procedures for switched frame relay service and interconnection with private networks are also supported over the signaling
    interface defined in this document.

    Issue 5 of GR-1431 reflects changes in GR-1417, Issue 5, and changes in the underlying standards and ATM Forum documents. Changes
    from Issue 4 of this document are indicated with change bars in the right margin. A summary of significant changes is included in
    Section 1.7.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1431-CORE
    1 gr1432
    3 GR-1432
    4 Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
    Supporting SCCP and TCAP
    6 PS14
    5 06
    4 2004/12/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001432 Issue01
    7 224
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1432_CORE.i06.pdf
    Issue 6 of GR-1432, Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting SCCP and TCAP, replaces Issue
    5.

    GR-1432 is the only consistently updated upper layer CCS/SS7 interconnection document. It provides information for the
    interconnection of Common Channel Signaling (CCS) networks with Interconnecting CCS Networks (ICNs) to support the Signaling Connection
    Control Part (SCCP) and the Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP) of the Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) protocol. As CCS
    networks have continued to evolve, and network interconnection architectures and the services they support have grown more complex, it
    has become necessary to identify the type of behavior all network providers are expected to exhibit when specific requirements do not
    exist.

    This document provides ICNs with compatibility information required for interconnecting with CCS Network Provider networks. These
    ICNs include Interexchange Carriers (IXCs), International Carriers (INCs), Independent Local Exchange Carriers (ILECs), Wireless
    Service Providers (WSPs), and Enhanced Service Providers (ESPs). The compatibility information includes the messages, events, and
    conditions that occur for the exchange of information between networks.

    As customer needs evolve toward NGN/IP networks and IP protocols, it is important that interconnecting networks keep current on the
    expected interconnection architectures and the complexities inherent to these new protocols and architectures. GR-1432 focuses on SCCP
    and TCAP capabilities for interworking with traditional/existing client company SS7 networks.

    For Service Providers, this document provides a foundation for the expected interconnection arrangements at SCCP and TCAP and
    therefore provides for more efficient and cost-effective interconnection.

    Issue 6 reflects the activities of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) industry group in the areas of SCCP and TCAP.
    Information on the SS7 TCAP User Adaptation Layer (protocol for the transport of SS7 TCAP-User signaling over IP) has been added, as
    well as information on the encapsulation of TCAP in SIP messages.

    GR-1432 replaced TA-NWT-001432.

    When using GR-1432, you may want to refer to GR-905, GR-82, and/or GR-246. You may also want to refer to GR-954,
    GR-1429, GR-1434, and/or certain ANSI, ISO, and TIA/EIA standards and ITU-T recommendations.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1432-CORE
    1 gr1434
    3 GR-1434
    4 CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Wireless
    Services Providers
    6 PS14
    5 03
    4 1998/12/02
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001434 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1434_CORE.i03.pdf
    This document provides the Telcordia view of the Common Channel Signaling (CCS) Network Interface between a Local Exchange Carrier
    (LEC) and a Wireless Services Provider (WSP). This document includes CCS interconnection with WSPs where the LEC supports
    circuit-related applications using ISDN User Part (ISDNUP) signaling, pure Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) message transport using
    Message Transfer Part (MTP), and/or Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) signaling. It also supports Transaction Capabilities
    Application Part (TCAP) applications.

    The new applications supported in this document include: Wireless Number Portability (WNP), emergency service E9-1-1 Phase 2, TCAP
    message transport for Wireless Intelligent Network (WIN) Phase 1 services, TCAP message transport for WNP database service, and TCAP
    message transport for wireless services impacted by number portability.

    GR-1434 replaced TA-NWT-001434.

    When using GR-1434, you may need to refer to GR-905, GR-954, GR-1411, GR-1428, GR-1432, GR-1519, and/or
    ANSI/TIA/EIA 41. You may also want to refer to GR-31, GR-145, GR-246, GR-317, GR-391, GR-2953, GR-2956,
    GR-2967, GR-2968, ANSI T1.113, and/or several TIA publications.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1434-CORE
    1 gr1435
    3 GR-1435
    4 Generic Requirements for Multi-Fiber Optical Connectors
    6 PS36
    5 02
    4 2008/05/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001435 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $895.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1435_CORE.i02.pdf
    GR-1435 provides generic requirements and characteristics required of singlemode multi-fiber optical connectors used for joining
    singlemode optical fibers. This GR document represents the expressed needs of participants in the GR-1435 Telcordia Technical Forum
    (TTF) and may thus meet the needs of other telecommunications service providers as well.

    Various generic requirements, desired features, and characteristics of singlemode multi-fiber optical connectors, including
    performance tests for comparing such products against the stated criteria, are contained in GR-1435.

    The new issue of this valuable technical resource has numerous modifications, including, but not limited to:
    • Alignment with the structure and content of GR-326 and GR-2866
  • Expanded document scope to address a broader range of cable media types
  • Updated optical performance acceptance criteria for various applications
  • Combined Performance Criteria and Performance Test Methods/Procedures into the section on Service Life Tests
  • Alignment of many aspects of environmental tests with those of GR-326 and updated with separate sequences for controlled and
  • uncontrolled environment multi-fiber optical connector applications
  • Revised mechanical tests with mechanical loads modified for various media types to align with current industry testing standards
  • and connector designs
  • Updated Extended Service section to combine all criteria and test methods/procedures for longer-term performance assessment, and
  • reference of GR-1221 for reliability assurance of multi-fiber connector assemblies.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-001435.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1435-CORE
    1 gr1436
    3 GR-1436
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Visual Screening List Editing (FSD
    30-28-0100)
    6 PS11
    5 01
    4 2000/06/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001436 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1436_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-1436 replaces TR-NWT-001436, Issue 1, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been issued strictly to
    conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

    This GR provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the Visual Screening List Editing (VSLE) CLASS feature, which
    allows a customer to build, maintain, and review a list of Directory Numbers (DNs) via a Server Display Control session using the
    Analog Display Services Interface (ADSI). This list may then be used by other CLASS features, such as Selective Call Forwarding (SCF),
    Selective Call Rejection (SCR), Selective Call Acceptance (SCA), or Distinctive Ringing/Call Waiting (DRCW) to provide special
    terminating treatment to calls received from any of the DNs on the list. In addition, VSLE allows a customer to perform certain
    administrative functions associated with a supported feature such as feature activation/deactivation, terminating treatment selection,
    or specification of a remote DN (i.e., a number to which calls should be forwarded). VSLE provides the same functionality as the
    Screening List Editing (SLE) CLASS feature, but it is enhanced in its use of the ADSI to provide a display-based interface to the
    customer.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1436-CORE
    1 gr145
    3 GR-145
    4 Compatibility Information for Interconnection of a Wireless
    Services Provider and a Local Exchange Carrier Network
    6 PS14 PS61
    5 02
    4 1998/05/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NPL-000145 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_145_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document provides generic technical requirements and protocols for the interconnection of a Wireless Services Provider (WSP) with
    a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) landline network. This GR describes signals, conditions, and events that generally occur at an
    interface between a LEC and a WSP. This GR reflects the newer and broader application of interconnection arrangements that apply to
    the WSP-LEC interface, subject to state and federal regulations. Interconnection changes have occurred with the passage of the
    Telecommunications Act of 1996. As a result, some LECs are offering interconnection alternatives with varying traffic types, calling
    scope, and routing. Issue 2 describes connections that were not discussed in Issue 1.

    Issue 2 also describes the implications of Phase 1 of the FCC's plan for Emergency Services wireless calling. This GR describes
    CLASS features as an example of SS7-specific applications that may be supported between a LEC and a WSP over the Type S interface. It
    contains a discussion of the FCC-ordered implementation of LNP for LEC and WSP carriers within a specific timetable.

    GR-145 replaced TR-NPL-000145 and CB-146.

    When using GR-145, you may want to refer to GR-246, TR-NPL-000258, GR-268, GR-317, GR-350, TR-EOP-000352,
    GR-394, TR-TSY-000448, GR-690, TR-TSY-000762, TR-TSY-000860, GR-862, GR-905, GR-1083,
    TR-NWT-001187, TR-NWT-001268, GR-1277, GR-1411, GR-1428, GR-1434, GR-1504, SR-NWT-001937,
    SR-NWT-001953, SR-NWT-002120, SR-NWT-002343, SR-NWT-002361, and/or ANSI T1.111 through 114.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-145-CORE
    1 gr1465
    3 GR-1465
    4 OTGR Section 6.5: Network Maintenance: Access and Testing -
    Automatic Board-To-Board Testing (ABBT) and DLC Cutover Testing
    6 PS41
    5 01
    4 1995/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001465 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1465_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-001465.

    This document identifies the view of Telcordia on generic technical requirements and objectives for Automatic Board-to-Board
    Testing (ABBT) and Cutovers of Digital Loop Carrier (DLC) systems on Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) lines. ABBT is performed prior
    to the transfer of a number of existing analog lines from one switching system to another, and uses the capabilities of the new system
    to perform these tests with minimal manual effort and disturbance to customer lines.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1465-CORE
    1 gr1469
    3 GR-1469
    4 Security for OSI-Based TMN Interfaces
    6 PS43
    5 01
    4 1994/10/10
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001469 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1469_ILR.i1B.pdf;GR_1469_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements on security for interfaces among Operations Systems (OS's),
    Network Elements (NEs), and Workstations when the communications architecture is based on the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
    Reference Model. The GR considers the potential threats to the Telecommunications Management Network (TMN), the security services that
    protect against such threats, the security mechanisms that support security services, and available standards for security services and
    mechanisms. It then presents several requirements that are intended to allow customized, progressive deployment of security services
    in the TMN.

    GR-1469 replaced TA-NWT-001469.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1469-CORE
    GR-1469-ILR
    1 gr1500
    3 GR-1500
    4 Generic Requirements for Powering Telecommunications Load
    Equipment (TLE) in Telecommunications Systems
    6 PS32
    5 01
    4 2005/10/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001500 Issue01
    7 160
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1500_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001500.

    This Generic Requirements document (GR) presents the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for systems that may be used to
    power telecommunications load equipment (TLE) located in Central Office, remote site and customer premises under the exclusive control
    of telecommunications service providers. Such powering systems would provide power to Optical Network Units (ONUs) and Optical Network
    Terminations (ONTs) providing services in Fiber-In-The-Loop (FITL) systems as defined in GR-909, Generic Criteria for Fiber In
    The Loop Systems. Two types of powering are covered in this GR, centralized and local.

    In centralized powering, power and backup power are supplied from a source separate from the telecommunications load equipment
    (TLE). The facility may be in the Central Office (CO) or remote site, or may be in a dedicated power source. In local powering, power
    and reserve power are derived near the end of the loop in proximity to the TLE that may be located at a remote site or customer
    premise. These systems are expected to be able to furnish power and backup power to TLE in the distribution loop whether they are
    powered from centralized power systems (e.g., power sources or nodes in the distribution loop) or locally from individual or shared
    power systems.

    The GR provides a comprehensive set of requirements for different options for power systems that can be used to power
    telecommunications load equipment (TLE) such as ONUs, ONTs and HDSLs. In addition, the GR addresses recent advances in remote powering
    by establishing the appropriate requirements for"paralleling powering" and local powering at customer premises.

    This GR is the only document in the industry that provides explicit requirements for centralized and local powering. In addition,
    this GR resolves many design and codes issues raised in the industry for the"paralleling powering". The GR provides guidance to
    manufacturers on designing reliably the powering system and provides confidence to service providers that the powering system can
    reliably be used in their network. The GR would provide significant cost reduction to manufacturers as well as service providers that
    can use this GR for buying their products.

    Issue 1 of GR-1500 adds criteria for parallel powering architecture, and criteria for providing local powering at customer premises.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-1500-CORE
    1 gr1502
    3 GR-1502
    4 Central Office/Network Environment Detail Engineering Generic
    Requirements
    6 PS55
    5 09
    4 2010/12/23
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 566
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    6 FR-INSTALL-19
    7 GR_1502_CORE.i09.pdf
    The Central Office (CO) environment is an engineering challenge, and detail engineering service providers require an established,
    well-considered, and proven set of Generic Requirement documents (GRs).

    This document provides the Telcordia view of proposed engineering generic requirements that Detail Engineering Service Providers
    (DESPs) are expected to provide with their services. Adherence to these generic requirements is necessary to help ensure that newly
    installed equipment operates in accordance with design parameters in owned or leased telecommunications equipment buildings of the
    Telecommunications Carrier (TC), and to ensure that equipment is installed in a safe and efficient manner. These proposed engineering
    and documentation generic requirements are the criteria to which DESPs may be compared for job acceptance purposes.

    The proposed generic engineering requirements contained in this document are intended to be applicable to all types of engineered
    telecommunications equipment, i.e., switching, transmission, and common systems; and include frame, circuit-protection devices, and
    power, etc. However, this document is not all-inclusive; additional engineering guidance may be required to engineer a specific piece
    of equipment, or to meet additional regional practices or requirements.

    This GR provides requirements for the generation of detail engineering output to the purchaser and installation supplier of
    telecommunications equipment. It is an industry-recognized document on the Detail Engineering process, and reflects the latest
    developments from industry.

    GR-1502 addresses the detail engineering of equipment in both traditional Central Office (CO) and emerging technology equipment
    environments operated by Telecommunications Carriers. Emerging technology network environments warrant detail quality requirements that
    are consistent with established practices, while facilitating the adoption of new technology.

    GR-1502 is a companion document to GR-1275, Central Office/Network Environment Equipment Installation/Removal Generic
    Requirements.

    Issue 9:
    • Further harmonizes the requirements, figures, and tables with GR-1275
  • Contains new and revised material in the areas of power, equipment layout, grounding, cable rack, auxiliary framing, lighting,
  • outlets and raceway, wire and cable, and Central Office equipment building environment.
    GR-1502 should be used in conjunction with GR-1275 for equipment installation and detail engineering. Buy FR-INSTALL-19 and receive
    both GRs, plus GR-2981, Quality Program Analysis (QPA) for Telecommunications Engineering or Installation Suppliers, at 30%
    off the total price.

    Issue 9 of GR-1502, Central Office/Network Environment Detail Engineering Generic Requirements, replaces Issue 8.

    When using GR-1502, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-295, GR-347, GR-356, GR-383, GR-449, GR-1089,
    GR-1275, FR-64, FR-440, FR-2063, FR-INSTALL-19, and various standards documents.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1502-CORE
    1 gr1503
    3 GR-1503
    4 Generic Requirements for Coaxial Connectors (Series 59, 6, 7 and
    11)
    6 PS36
    5 01
    4 1995/03/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1503_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements
    for coaxial connectors that provide the interface between coaxial drop cables (series 59, 6, 7, and 11) and other broadband components
    equipped with"F" Ports as described in the Society of Cable Television Engineers, Inc., document IPS-SP-400. These connectors are
    intended for field application to coaxial drop cables. Two classes of connectors, for outdoor and indoor applications, are addressed.
    Outdoor connectors are required to inhibit environmental degradation, and indoor connectors are required to resist household detergents
    and spray cleaners. Some indoor applications, such as use in crawl spaces, may be exposed to conditions of high humidity.

    GR-1503 replaced TA-NWT-001503.

    When using GR-1503, you may need to refer to GR-1252, ASTM B117, B827, D1171, and G53; SCTE IPS-SP-400; and IPS-TP-004 and
    IPS-TP-403. You may also want to refer to GR-1398.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1503-CORE
    1 gr1504
    3 GR-1504
    4 Generic Requirements for Wireless Service Provider(WSP) Automatic
    Message Accounting (AMA)
    6 PS13 PS61
    5 04
    4 2003/05/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000700 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1504_CORE.i04.pdf
    Issue 4 of GR-1504, Generic Requirements for Wireless Service Provider (WSP) Automatic Message Accounting (AMA), replaces Issue
    3.

    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for interconnection with WSPs consistent with changes in
    technology. It is the intent of this document to provide generic requirements for the generation of AMA records resulting from both
    switched Multi frequency (MF) and Signaling System 7 (SS7) interconnection between the WSP and the local exchange network.

    Issue 4 addresses changes to the AMA records including those needed for when SS7 or MF signaling is used as a transport for wireless
    service, and the different interconnection types available for WSP service. Clarification has also been provided for the differences
    between Type 1 and Type 2B interconnections. The requirements for unconnected originating WSP call recording have been revised to limit
    the use of the Circuit Release Module (Module Code 025) to Type 1 WSP interconnections, and to follow GR-1083 requirements when
    recording unconnected Type 2A and Type 2B WSP AMA records. Additionally, clarification of recording Module Code 164 to record
    additional originating party information has been included. This document does not contain AMA requirements for resource usage such as
    database query and response messages that result from SS7 database interactions.

    Issue 4 has been updated to
    • Modify the Originating Number field information for Type 1 and Type 2B WSP interconnections.
  • Modify the use of Module Code 164 for Type 2B WSP interconnections.
  • Clarify the use of the Billing AMA Format (BAF) Fill Procedure (populated with Hex Fs) and zero-fill procedures for Type 1 WSP
  • interconnections.
  • Clarify the use of MF and SS7 signaling for populating the different Types of WSP interconnection AMA records for Types 1, 2A, and
  • 2B.
  • Update the unconnected call recording for Type 1, Type 2A, and Type 2B requirements that have been changed
  • GR-1504 replaced TR-TSY-000700.

    To follow GR-1504, you may need to refer to GR-1100, GR-1083, GR-508, GR-145, and GR-533.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1504-CORE
    1 gr1506
    3 GR-1506
    4 NDCOS-OS Interface Functions and Architectures
    6 PS41
    5 01
    4 1996/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1506_ILR.i1A.pdf;GR_1506_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements
    for an interface between a Network Data Collection Operations System (NDCOS) and other application Operations Systems (OSs), such as
    the SWITCH and the INPLANS System, that are users of the network traffic engineering data stewarded by an NDCOS. This document defines
    the NDCOS-OS Strategic Architecture, NDCOS and Application OS Functionality, NDCOS/OS Interface Protocol Stack, and ASN.1 structure
    proposed for the NDCOS/OS file transfer of bulk data.

    Revision 1
    This revision defines an ad-hoc query mode for the NDCOS/OS interface to support on-demand access to Management Information Base (MIB)
    data in the NDC OS.

    Revision 2 adds the use of File Transfer, Access and Management (FTAM) for the NDCOS/OS interface to support bulk data transfers.

    GR-1506 replaced TA-NWT-001506.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.

    Revision 1 and Revision 2 are included with this document.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1506-ILR
    GR-1506-CORE
    1 gr1509
    3 GR-1509
    4 Generic Requirements for Call-by-Call Access to Interexchange
    Carrier Services via Signaling System No. 7 (SS7)
    6 PS14 PS54
    5 01
    7 REV01 - Dec 1998
    4 1994/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001509 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1509_ILR.i1C.pdf;GR_1509_CORE.i01r01.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001509.

    This Generic Requirements (GR) document, GR-1509, Generic Requirements for Call-by-Call Service Selection Access to Interexchange
    Carrier (IXC) Services Using Signaling System No. 7 (SS7), provides the Telcordia view of generic switching and signaling
    requirements for access to services provided by an Interexchange Carrier (IXC) on a per-call basis using the SS7 protocol. This access
    is intended for use by Class II Equipment, Basic Business Groups (BBGs), and Integrated Services Digital Network Basic Business Groups
    (BBG-Is). Call-by-call access IXC services enables a caller to request that the IXC apply a particular service to a given call request
    that is routed over an SS7 connection serving the IXC. Call-by-call service selection access to IXC services eliminates the need for
    dedicated facilities between the serving Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) and IXC for individual services.

    Revision 1 to GR-1509 includes changes to the GR to incorporate the resolution for the handling of non-E.164 called numbers in SS7,
    alignment of the SS7 NSF parameter with T1S1 standards (including correcting the codepoint value for the parameter), and screening of
    the called number.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1509-ILR
    GR-1509-CORE
    1 gr151
    3 GR-151
    4 Generic Requirements For 24-, 48-, 130- and 140-Volt Central
    Office Power Plant Rectifiers
    6 PS74 PS12
    5 01
    4 2003/07/02
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-EOP-000151 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_151_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-151 replaces TR-EOP-000151, Issue 1, May 1985, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been issued
    strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

    This document contains design criteria and information essential for the manufacturer of common use battery charging rectifiers
    that, in the view of Telcordia, should be met in order meet the needs of a typical service provider. It covers rectifiers intended for
    use in either plus or minus 24, 48, 130, and 140 volt nominal values for straight battery operation (i.e., no emergency or CEMF cells),
    and central office environments.

    When using GR-151, you may need to refer to GR-63 and certain ANSI standards.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-151-CORE
    1 gr1512
    3 GR-1512
    4 Call Screening, FSD 01-02-2100
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 1994/10/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001512 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1512_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001512.

    This document describes the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for a Stored Program Control switching System (SPCS) to
    provide Call Screening for analog telephone lines. Call Screening is a SPCS service that allows a customer, after having a call
    forwarded from his or her line, to monitor and intercept the forwarded call.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1512-CORE
    1 gr1515
    3 GR-1515
    4 Generic Requirements for the Detection and Control of Thermal
    Runaway in VRLA Batteries
    6 PS74
    5 01
    4 1994/11/30
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001515 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1515_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document contains the Telcordia view of generic requirements for a monitor to detect and mitigate thermal runaway in Valve
    Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) batteries. VRLA batteries are deployed in confined locations, and their dense packing makes it difficult
    to dissipate the heat generated on charging. This excess heat can, under certain conditions, lead to thermal runaway. Two important
    causes of thermal runaway are high ambient temperatures and a shorted cell(s), which raise the charging voltage of the remaining cells.

    The function of the monitor and controller is to detect the conditions that lead to thermal runaway and positively control the
    charging regime to reduce the heat build-up in the battery and, at the same time, to send alarms to the surveillance center to alert
    craftspersons to intervene and avoid damage to the battery and adjacent equipment.

    GR-1515 replaced TA-NWT-001515.

    When using GR-1515, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-221, SR-332, GR-487, GR-1089, the NEC, and the NESC. You
    may also want to refer to TR-NWT-000154, TA-NWT-000406, SR-4228 (replaced TR-NWT-000766), and/or GR-1200.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1515-CORE
    1 gr1517
    3 GR-1517
    4 CLASS(SM) Feature: Outside Calling Area Alerting, FSD01-02-1230
    (A Module of LSSGR, FR-64)
    6 PS14 PS11
    5 02
    4 1996/01/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001517 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1517_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TA-NWT-001517.

    This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the CLASS feature Outside Calling Areas Alerting (OCAA).

    This feature allows a customer to receive distinctive alerting for incoming calls originating from outside the customer's
    "local
    calling area." The local calling area is defined on a per-switch basis as a list of Numbering Plan Area (NPA) and NPA-XXX codes, and
    does not necessarily have to correspond to any particular geographic or billing boundaries. Distinctive alerting to idle lines is
    provided via a special ringing pattern, which can be provided in addition to any Calling Identity Delivery capability.

    Distinctive alerting to busy lines is provided via interaction with any Call Waiting features to which the customer is also
    subscribed by providing a special call waiting tone. In addition, OCAA can be configured to provide a Call Waiting interaction for
    "outside" calls only, and options are given to
    specify the OCAA treatment on inter-SPCS (Stored Program Control switching System) calls for which the calling area is
    undetermined.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1517-CORE
    1 gr1519
    3 GR-1519
    4 CCSNIS Supporting TR-1188 Calling Name Delivery
    6 PS14
    5 01
    4 1994/11/15
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-001519 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1519_ILR.i1A.pdf;GR_1519_CORE.i01.pdf
    This document provides additional information about the interconnection of the Telcordia customer CCS networks with Interconnection CCS
    Networks (ICNs) in support of CLASS(SM) Calling Name Delivery (CNAM).

    The document describes the call control interface and the non-circuit-associated messaging interface between an ICN and the
    Telcordia customer network. The call control interconnection occurs when an ICN sets up an intraLATA or interLATA call to a Telcordia
    customer CNAM subscriber, and when a Telcordia customer sets up an intraLATA or interLATA call to an ICN CNAM subscriber. The
    non-circuit-associated interconnection occurs when an ICN queries a Telcordia customer CNAM database, and when a Telcordia customer
    queries an ICN CNAM database.

    GR-1519 replaced TA-NWT-001519.

    When using GR-1519, you may need to refer to GR-905, GR-1188, GR-246, GR-391, and/or GR-1432.

    This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
    ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1519-CORE
    GR-1519-ILR
    1 gr1520
    3 GR-1520
    4 Ring Control, FSD 01-02-2200
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 1994/10/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1520_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document describes the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for a Stored Program Control switching System (SPCS) to provide
    Ring Control (RC) service for analog telephone lines. Ring Control is an SPCS service that allows a customer to change the number of
    rings before Call Forwarding Don't Answer (CFDA) forwards a call.

    This service will be available to customers with either rotary or Dual-Tone MultiFrequency (DTMT) equipped Customer Premises
    Equipment (CPE).
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1520-CORE
    1 gr181
    3 GR-181
    4 Dual-Tone Multifrequency Receiver Generic Requirements for
    End-to-End Signaling Over Tandem-Switched Voice Links
    6 PS11
    5 01
    4 2003/07/03
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000181 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_181_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-181 replaces TR-TSY-000181, Issue 1, March 1987, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been issued
    strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

    Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) signaling uses voiceband tones to send address signals and other digital information from
    push-button telephones and other Customer Premises Equipment. A primary application of DTMF signaling is customer dialing into an
    end-office switching system in a Local Access and Transport Area (LATA). Other uses are intra- and inter-PBX (Private Branch Exchange)
    into LATA end-office switches.

    GR-506, LSSGR: Signaling, covers receiver requirements for DTMF signaling into the serving end-office switch. However, it
    has become necessary to enlarge the scope of DTMF receiver requirements to include end-to-end signaling over multiple voice links
    switched in tandem. This capability is necessary whenever customer-generated DTMF signals are sent, without regeneration, beyond the
    originating end-office switch (e.g., to remotely access or control a new network feature).

    This GR provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements that should be met by a receiver to meet the needs of a typical Local
    Exchange Carrier (LEC) for local signaling and end-to-end signaling across networks.

    When using GR-181, you may need to refer to GR-506, LSSGR: Signaling and SR-2275, Telcordia Notes on the
    Networks.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-181-CORE
    1 gr1929
    3 GR-1929
    4 Reliability and Quality Measurements for Telecommunications
    Systems (RQMS-Wireless)
    6 PS72
    5 02
    4 2005/02/04
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_1929_CORE.i02.pdf
    Issue 2 of GR-1929, Reliability and Quality Measurements for Telecommunications Systems (RQMS-Wireless), replaces Issue 1.

    GR-1929 presents reliability and quality measurement tools designed to assist service providers and suppliers in monitoring,
    measuring, and understanding the performance of network elements. The measurements focus on various aspects of R&Q, system level
    product performance, maintainability, and support of a particular supplier's system.

    The requirements in this document will benefit wireless network service providers and suppliers who are in the process of
    transitioning to the Third Generation 3G network. The requirements will also benefit those service providers and suppliers who are
    concerned with the reliability and quality performance requirements for Network Elements (NEs) deployed in the wireless networks that
    cover both voice and data.

    Issue 2 includes the following updated information:
    • Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), and Quality of Service (QoS) to
    reliability and quality performance measurements.
  • Wireless Packet Data Network (PDN) architecture with multiple protocols such as
    • Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA)
  • Advanced Mobile Phone System (AMPS)
  • Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM)
  • Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)
  • Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS)
  • General Packet Radio Service (GPRS)
  • Bluetooth/WiFi Technologies
  • Framework for measuring the Quality of Service (QoS) for evolving wireless systems based on the 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • (3GPP) Organization's requirements.
    This document deals with wireless networks only. Wireline-RQMS requirements are contained in GR-929.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-1929-CORE
    1 gr196
    3 GR-196
    4 Generic Requirements for Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)
    Type Equipment
    6 PS32
    5 02
    4 2010/09/17
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-001138 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $895.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_196_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements and objectives for all types of Optical Time Domain Reflectometer
    (OTDR) optical test equipment that should be met to satisfy the typical needs of service providers. The document includes test
    procedures that can be used to determine if the OTDR type product in question possesses the features, functions, and characteristics
    claimed by the supplier.

    It is important to note that GR-196 is a hardware document covering all types of OTDR-like equipment. Unlike GR-196, Issue 1,
    Issue 2 does not contain detailed information on the OTDR Data Format. SR-4731, Issue 2 provides a detailed description of the".sor,"
    OTDR Data Format.

    Since the last issue of GR-196, the telecommunications market has changed from a long haul point-to-point network to one that is
    also bringing service to the home.

    GR-196, Issue 2:
    • Has criteria for the newer, hand-sized, and battery-operated OTDRs
  • Addresses a much lower cost OTDR test set
  • Examines the new features and flexibility of today's OTDR
  • Covers Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber OTDRs
  • GR-196 replaced TR-TSY-000196 and TR-NWT-001138. SR-4731 replaced Appendixes A and B of GR-196, Iss.1, Rev.1.

    When using GR-196, you may need to refer to GR-1089, EIA/TIA FOTP-35, GR-326, GR-20, GR-63, TR-NWT-000154,
    GR-253, GR-326, GR-409, GR-499, GR-513, GR-909, GR-1295, GR-1312, and/or FDA-88-8035. SR-4731
    contains a detailed description of the OTDR Data Format previously contained in GR-196, Issue 1.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-196-CORE
    1 gr198
    3 GR-198
    4 Generic Requirements for Hand-Held Stabilized Light Sources,
    Optical Power Meters, Reflectance Meters, and Optical Loss Test
    Sets
    6 PS32
    5 02
    4 2011/12/14
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-000198 Issue04
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $795.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_198_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document presents the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements and objectives for Stabilized Light Sources (SLSs), Optical
    Power Meters (OPMs), Reflectance Meters, and Optical Loss Test Sets (OLTSs). Each of these test sets is part of the optical loss
    testing family of test equipment. This document should be used as a reference for all three types of test sets.

    This family of test sets is used to characterize (generally loss and reflectance) optical fibers in the inside and outside plant
    portions of a service provider's optical network. In the Telcordia view, these requirements should be met in order to provide for
    satisfactory operation in a communications service provider's environment under normal conditions.

    This document includes generic functional design criteria, generic mechanical and optical requirements, desired features, and test
    methods for comparing the product against the stated generic requirements. The specified test methods are intended to reflect the
    service provider's operational conditions for these optical test sets.

    Issue 2:
    • Covers the new generation of test sets that are smaller in size and weight and that are almost exclusively single-use battery
    operated
  • Includes modifications to the performance criteria for these test sets and increased support of multiple wavelength testing
  • Provides the ability to use the same test set for both the indoor and outdoor fiber plant
  • Contains a listing of features, functions, and performance criteria for hand-held, portable fiber loss measurement equipment used
  • by fiber installation technicians in indoor and outdoor applications.
    Issue 2 of GR-198, Generic Requirements for Hand-Held Stabilized Light Sources, Optical Power Meters, Reflectance Meters, and
    Optical Loss Test Sets, replaces Issue 1.

    GR-198 replaced TA-NWT-000198.

    When using GR-198, you may want to refer to GR-20, GR-78, GR-196, GR-326,GR-357, GR-409, GR-1312, and
    SR-332.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-198-CORE
    1 gr199
    3 GR-199
    4 TL1 Memory Administration Messages
    6 PS42
    5 06
    4 2005/12/09
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-000199 Issue02
    7 1122
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_199_CORE.i06.pdf
    Issue 6 of GR-199:
    • Addresses the provisioning and memory administration of services, technologies, and network architectures that have become
    established or are emerging within service providers' networks;
  • Provides new TL1 messages, parameters, and values that support advanced Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) architectures, Wave
  • Division Multiplexing (WDM), Passive Optical Network (PON), and Ethernet;
  • Addresses the manageability of such services, technologies, and network architectures;
  • Includes new data dictionaries for WDM, PON and Ethernet technologies and
  • Clarifies TL1 message formats and syntax rules.
  • This document describes Transaction Language One (TL1) message structures and data elements for Network Element (NE) Memory
    Administration functions described in GR-472 and GR-2963. GR-199-CORE provides the messages and data dictionary information
    required for the Memory Administration functions for transport including Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) and switching including
    ISDN and Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) NEs.

    Memory administration in an NE generally refers to operations functions such as adding, deleting, or altering data stored in the NE
    database. These operations functions are essential for not only providing services supported by the NE, but also for maintaining the
    quality of these services. Traditionally, the input commands that request database changes in the NEs are known as recent change
    messages in the switching application environment, and provisioning messages in the transport environment. However, these two types of
    messages essentially perform equivalent or similar memory administration functions in the switching and transport environments. Memory
    administration also includes system administration functions such as security management and memory backup. This document provides the
    messages required for the Provisioning-Driven Memory Administration (PDMA) functions for transport and switching NEs.

    This document replaces TA-NWT-000199 and TR-NWT-000199.

    Issue 6 of GR-199, TL1 Memory Administration Messages, replaces Issue 5.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-199-CORE
    1 gr20
    3 GR-20
    4 Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber and Optical Fiber Cable
    6 PS36 PS32 PS37
    5 04
    4 2013/07/24
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-NWT-000020 Issue09
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 Contact
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_20_CORE.i04.pdf
    This Generic Requirements document (GR) sets forth proposed generic requirements and characteristics of single-mode and multimode
    optical fibers, optical fiber ribbons, and optical fiber cables for Outside Plant (OSP) use. The requirements are based on National and
    International accepted industry standards and specifications, Telecommunications Service Providers' (TSPs) needs and deployment
    environments, and the optical fiber and cable manufacturers' view of industry-required criteria.

    This GR includes proposed functional design criteria, generic mechanical and optical performance requirements, and desired features,
    and specifies test methods for comparing the fiber, ribbon, or cable product against the stated generic requirements.

    GR-20 is also intended to specify sampling criteria and test methodology information for Independent Testing Laboratories (ITLs) to
    provide consistent and repeatable results for optical fiber, ribbon, and cable test programs. This testing information is for ITL
    testing only, and is not sufficient for production testing for manufacturer quality control testing that requires many more test
    samples to achieve the desired statistical significance.

    Issue 4 of GR-20 includes the following updates:
    • Single-fiber spliceability criteria have been modified to specify mean and maximum values, and the use of a v-groove alignment
    splicer for test, and to address splicing of dissimilar fibers.
  • Ribbon fiber spliceability criteria have been modified to specify values.
  • The role of ITU-T G.657.B2/B3 fiber has been clarified.
  • Fungus resistance criteria have been clarified.
  • Water penetration criteria have been modified.
  • The buffer tube kink test has been included.
  • Mid-span access requirements have been updated.
  • Supporting information for Sections 4 through 6, which was included in Appendixes A through C of Issue 3, has been moved into the
  • main body of the document.

    Issue 4 of GR-20-CORE, Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber and Optical Fiber Cable, replaces Issue 3.

    GR-20 replaced TA-NWT-000020, TR-NWT-000020, TR-TSY-000944, and TR-626-23343-84-2.

    When using GR-20, you may need to refer to GR-253, GR-409, GR-2961, SR-2014, TR-NWT-001121, and
    TR-TSY-000843, as well as various ASTM, IEC, ITU-T, ICEA and TIA standards.

    Components of this product are:
    GR-20-CORE
    1 gr202
    3 GR-202
    4 Loop Testing Messages at the OS/TSC Interface
    6 PS41
    5 02
    4 1995/11/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-TSY-000202 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_202_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for messages to accomplish the testing of customer loops (Plain
    Old Telephone Service or POTS) over the Operations System/Test System Controller-Remote Test Unit (OS/TSC-RTU) interface. The
    interface carrying this loop testing information shall be built on a non-Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) (X.25) protocol stack and
    shall use the Transaction Language 1 (TL1) message syntax and semantics. The functional requirements for loop testing are described in
    GR-844, TSC/RTU Generic Requirements for Metallic Loop Testing. These two documents should be considered companion
    documents and should be referenced together to achieve a more concise foundation for implementing a Loop Testing system.

    GR-202 replaced TA-TSY-000202.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-202-CORE
    1 gr205
    3 GR-205
    4 Generic Requirements for ISDN Electronic Key Telephone Service
    6 PS54
    5 01
    4 1997/09/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000205 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_205_CORE.i01.pdf
    Electronic Key Telephone Service (EKTS) allows a user served by an Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) interface to have access
    to multiple Directory Numbers (DNs). A given DN can also be accessed by more than one user, i.e., from more than one terminal, on the
    same ISDN interface and/or on different interfaces. Two or more users with access to the same DN can be simultaneously bridged onto
    the same call on that DN. In addition, EKTS allows for the following capabilities: hold, DN-bridging, intercom calling, abbreviated or
    delayed ringing treatment on incoming calls, station ringing transfer, automatically or manually invoked bridged call exclusion, and
    call appearance call handling.

    This document contains the Telcordia view of generic requirements for the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Electronic
    Key Telephone Service (EKTS).

    Revision is structured as a
    "section-for-section" replacement to Issue 1 of the GR and adds or corrects specific text and generic
    requirements in the document. The revisions may consist of editorial or technical corrections with the primary focus on Section 3,
    "Feature Requirements."

    GR-205 replaced TR-TSY-000205 and TR-TSY-000205-SUP01.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-205-CORE
    1 gr209
    3 GR-209
    4 Generic Requirements for Product Change Notices (PCNs)
    6 PS72
    5 06
    4 2011/12/20
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-OPT-000209 Issue02
    7 108
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 Contact
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_209_CORE.i06.pdf
    After telecommunications products have been generally available and/or in service for a period of time, it often becomes necessary for
    suppliers to introduce changes to those products. As a result of implementing these changes - regardless of who performs the actual
    work - the carriers are significantly impacted with respect to labor and resources, etc. Thus it is imperative that changes to these
    products are accurately reported and tracked through completion, according to the needs and requirements of the carriers.

    This document provides suppliers of telecommunications products with the GR-209 Forum's proposed view of generic requirements and
    procedures for initiating and administering Product Change Notices (PCNs) and associated reports. These PCNs and reports should be used
    by suppliers as the most effective means of exchanging product change information with customers.

    Issue 6 changes include, but are not limited to, the following:
    • The definition of firmware has been changed, and requirements for reporting firmware changes have been revised.
  • Software PCN field descriptions have been modified so they align with hardware PCN field descriptions.
  • An alternative method for a supplier to report software product change information to customers using Software Product Bulletins
  • has been added.
  • The Class D designation for notifying customers that a software product has been manufacture discontinued has been added.
  • An explanation and reference for CSCANS has been added, and supplier usage of CSCANS for software change reporting has been
  • clarified.
  • Major System Codes for Video and Router technologies have been added, and other Major System Codes have been added, changed, or
  • retired.
  • Major System Affected, Subsystem Affected, and Attachment field descriptions have been updated, and guidelines for populating
  • Hardware Affected, Firmware Affected, Software Affected, and Plug-in Affected fields have been added.
  • Requirements for CLEI Code changes when a manufacturer's company name is changed and when a manufacturer's product code is changed
  • have been updated.
  • Objectives for information to be included in a Manufacture Discontinued (MD) PCN and the time frame for issuing an MD PCN have been
  • added.
  • PCN electronic formatting recommendations for the pipe-delimited text in an email message have been added.
  • Issue 6 of GR-209, Generic Requirements for Product Change Notices (PCNs), replaces Issue 5.

    GR-209 replaces TR-OPT-000209 and PUB-53305.

    When using GR-209, you may need to refer to GR-383, GR-454, and GR-485. You may also need to refer to GR-230 and
    GR-2924.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-209-CORE
    1 gr215
    3 GR-215
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Automatic Callback (FSD 01-02-1250)
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 2002/04/29
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-000215 Issue03
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_215_CORE.i02.pdf
    Automatic Callback (AC) is an outgoing CLASS feature that allows a customer to automatically recall the last outgoing call. The
    customer can request AC activation at any time after placing an outgoing call. The busy/idle status of the calling and called lines is
    monitored, and call setup is attempted when both calling and called lines are detected to be idle.

    This Generic Requirements document (GR) defines the Telcordia view of generic requirements for applications of AC for residential
    and small business (non-Centrex) customers. The document provides the switching and signaling system procedures to support this
    feature. Applications of this feature to intra-Centrex calls are not addressed.

    Issue 2 of this document incorporates changes to the feature interactions between AC and Calling Name Delivery. The updated
    requirements were specified in Bulletin 1, April 1995, and have also been incorporated into GR-1188, Calling Name Delivery Generic
    Requirements.

    GR-215 replaces TR-NWT-000215.

    When using GR-215, you may need to refer to GR-505, GR-506, GR-569, GR-606, and GR-1100, GR-30, GR-317,
    GR-394, GR-478, SR-504, GR-520, GR-524, GR-563, GR-568, and/or GR-1188. You may also want to refer to
    GR-227, GR-246, GR-391, and/or GR-1251.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-215-CORE
    1 gr216
    3 GR-216
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Customer Originated Trace (FSD 01-02-1052)
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 2002/04/09
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000216 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_216_CORE.i02.pdf
    Issue 2 of GR-216, LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Customer Originated Trace (FSD 01-02-1052), replaces Issue 1.

    Customer Originated Trace (COT), a CLASS feature, enables the recipient of an obscene, harassing, or threatening call to request
    that it be automatically traced, if it was the last call received. The calling party's number and other call-related information are
    loaded into the called party's incoming memory slot and are available for use in tracing a call. Information relating to a call remains
    in the incoming memory slot until another incoming call's information overwrites it.

    This document defines the Telcordia view of COT generic requirements for residential and small business customers. This GR Issue 2
    adds Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) data generation requirements that are consistent with the Billing AMA Format (BAF) documented
    in the latest version of GR-1100. In addition, Appendix B has been revised to specify how the Incoming Memory Slot should be
    updated when an operator-assisted call is received.

    This document replaced TR-TSY-000216.

    When using GR-216, you may need to refer to GR-1100. You may want to refer to GR-246 and/or GR-317.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-216-CORE
    1 gr217
    3 GR-217
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Selective Call Forwarding (FSD 01-02-1410)
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 2002/04/09
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000217 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_217_CORE.i02.pdf
    Issue 2 of GR-217, LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Selective Call Forwarding (FSD 01-02-1410), replaces Issue 1.

    Selective Call Forwarding (SCF), a CLASS Feature, is an incoming call management feature that allows customers to define a special
    list of telephone numbers and a remote station. Incoming calls that are on the list will be forwarded to the remote station.

    GR-217 defines the Telcordia view of generic requirements for SCF for residential and small business (non-Centrex) customers. Issue
    2 adds Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) data generation requirements that are consistent with the Billing AMA Format (BAF) documented
    in the latest version of GR-1100-CORE. In addition, a requirement has been added in support of AMA generation for Screening List
    Editing (SLE) daily continuation records.

    This document replaces TR-TSY-000217 and TR-TSY-000522.

    GR-215, GR-217, GR-227, GR-570, GR-571, GR-572, GR-573, GR-574,
    GR-577, GR-578, GR-579, GR-580, GR-581, GR-586, GR-588, and GR-590 replaced TR-TSY-000522.

    When using GR-217, you may need to refer to GR-220 and GR-1100. You may also want to refer to GR-246 and/or, GR-317
    and/or GR-580.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-217-CORE
    1 gr218
    3 GR-218
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Selective Call Rejection (FSD 01-02-0760)
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 2002/04/09
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000218 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_218_CORE.i02.pdf
    GR-218, LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Selective Call Rejection (FSD 01-02-0760), replaces Issue 1.

    Selective Call Rejection (SCR), a CLASS Feature, is a revenue-producing service that enables telephone customers to instruct a
    Stored Program Controlled Switching System (SPCS) to reject call attempts from a limited number of calling parties. To use the service,
    the customer can enter Directory Numbers (DNs) of calls to be rejected into the system. Then, any call attempts to the customer from
    these specified DNs should be prevented from terminating to the customer. They should instead be connected to an announcement informing
    the caller that his/her call is not presently being accepted by the called party.

    GR-218 defines the Telcordia view of generic requirements for SCR for residential and small business, (non-Centrex) customers.
    Issue 2 adds Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) data generation requirements that are consistent with the Billing AMA Format (BAF)
    documented in the latest version of GR-1100. In addition, a requirement has been added in support of AMA generation for Screening
    List Editing (SLE) daily continuation records.

    GR-218 replaces TR-TSY-000218.

    When using GR-218, you may need to refer to GR-220, and GR-1100. You may also want to refer to GR-246 and/or
    GR-317.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-218-CORE
    1 gr219
    3 GR-219
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Distinctive Ringing/Call Waiting (FSD
    01-01-1110)
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 2002/04/10
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-TSY-000219 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_219_CORE.i02.pdf
    Issue 2 of GR-219, LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Distinctive Ringing/Call Waiting (FSD 01-01-1110), replaces Issue 1 and TR-TSY-000219.

    Distinctive Ringing/Call Waiting (DRCW), a CLASS Feature, is an incoming call management feature that allows the customer to
    designate special telephone numbers that may be identified using distinctive alerting treatment.

    GR-219 defines the Telcordia view of generic requirements for DRCW for residential and small business (non-Centrex) customers. Issue
    2 adds Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) data generation requirements that are consistent with the Billing AMA Format (BAF) documented
    in the latest version of GR-1100. In addition, a requirement has been added in support of AMA generation for Screening List Editing
    (SLE) daily continuation records.

    When using GR-219, you may need to refer to GR-220, and GR-1100. You may also want to refer to GR-30. GR-246,
    and/or GR-317.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-219-CORE
    1 gr220
    3 GR-220
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Screening List Editing (FSD 30-28-0000)
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 2002/04/29
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-000220 Issue03
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_220_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-000220.

    Screening List Editing (SLE), a Telcordia CLASS feature, allows a customer to build, maintain, and review a list of directory
    numbers. This list may then be used by other CLASS features, such as Selective Call Forwarding (SCF), Selective Call Rejection (SCR),
    Selective Call Acceptance (SCA), or Distinctive Ringing/Call Waiting (DRCW) to provide special termination treatment to calls received
    from any of the directory numbers on the list. In addition, SLE allows a customer to perform certain administrative functions
    associated with a supported feature such as feature activation/deactivation, termination treatment selection, or specification of a
    remote directory number (i.e., a number to which calls should be forwarded).

    This Generic Requirements document (GR) presents the Telcordia view of generic requirements for the SLE feature. Issue 2 provides
    conditional requirements to allow service providers to disable the SLE Validation Query. Doing so would allow customers to manually
    enter inter-SPCS DNs into their screening lists. Note that due to the Telecommunications Act of 1996, SLE Validation Queries to some
    interLATA DNs may be supported by some service providers.

    When using GR-220, you may need to refer to GR-507, GR-606, GR-1100, GR-505, GR-506, GR-520, GR-524,
    and/or GR-568. You may also want to refer to GR-31, GR-82, GR-215, GR-217, GR-218, GR-219, GR-227,
    GR-246, GR-391, GR-567, GR-575, GR-577, GR-675, GR-1188, and/or GR-1251.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-220-CORE
    1 gr221
    3 GR-221
    4 Interface and Functional Requirements for Microprocessor Control
    of 24-, 48-, 130-, and 140-Volt Central Office Power Plants
    6 PS74
    5 01
    4 2003/12/28
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-EOP-000221 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_221_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-221 replaces TR-EOP-000221, Issue 1, March 1986, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been issued
    strictly to conform to the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

    A microprocessor control system should provide local and/or remote data acquisition, aid in administering plan operation,
    maintenance and planning, and assistance in reducing overall battery plant energy consumption. The power plant controller covered by
    this document consists of the following three major functional blocks: the microprocessor-based controller, the hardwired backup
    controller, and the status indicator panel.

    This Generic Requirements document (GR) provides the view of Telcordia on microprocessor-based control systems used in 24-, 48-,
    130-, and 140- volt lead-acid straight battery-type central office dc power plants. The document provides generic requirements, design
    criteria, and information essential for the manufacturer of microprocessor controllers to accommodate the needs of a typical Local
    Exchange Carrier (LEC).

    When using GR-221, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-151, GR-232, and TR-NWT-000154.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-221-CORE
    1 gr227
    3 GR-227
    4 LSSGR: CLASS Feature: Automatic Recall (FSD 01-02-1260)
    6 PS11
    5 02
    4 2002/04/29
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-NWT-000227 Issue03
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $655.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_227_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document replaces TR-NWT-000227.

    Automatic Recall (AR) is a Telcordia CLASS feature that allows a customer to automatically return a call to the last incoming call.
    The customer can request AR activation at any time and need not know the calling number or even the identity of the calling party. The
    busy/idle status of the calling and called line is monitored, and call setup is attempted when both the calling and called lines are
    detected to be idle.

    This Generic Requirements document (GR) presents the Telcordia view of generic requirements for applications of AR for residential
    and small business (non-Centrex) customers. The document provides the switching and signaling system procedures to support this
    feature. Applications of this feature to intra-Centrex calls are not addressed.

    Issue 2 of this document incorporates changes to the feature interactions between AR and Calling Name Delivery. The updated
    requirements were specified in Bulletin 1, April 1995, and have been incorporated into GR-1188, Calling Name Delivery Generic
    Requirements. In addition, requirements specifying how the Incoming Memory Slot should be updated upon receipt of an operator-assisted
    call have been changed. These changes were specified in an Industry Alert published in the Telcordia Digest, October 1999.

    When using GR-227, you may need to refer to GR-478, GR-1100, GR-317, GR-394, SR-504, GR-505, GR-506,
    GR-520, GR-524, GR-560, GR-563, GR-568, GR-569, GR-606, and/or GR-1188. You may also want to refer to
    GR-30, GR-246, TR-NWT-001199, and/or GR-1251.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-227-CORE
    1 gr228
    3 GR-228
    4 Generic Human Factors Requirements for Network Terminal
    Equipment: Preliminary
    6 Other
    5 01
    4 2000/12/31
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-TSY-000228 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $455.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_228_CORE.i01.pdf
    GR-228 replaces TA-TSY-000228, Issue 1, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been issued strictly to
    conform with the new Telcordia document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

    This document describes the Telcordia view of the generic preliminary human factors criteria for interoffice Network Terminal
    Equipment (NTE), specifically Digital Cross-Connect Systems (DCS) and Automated Digital Terminal System (ADTS). (For technical criteria
    refer to TA-365-23221-84-01, Digital Cross-Connect System Preliminary Requirements [no longer available] and
    TA-365-23221-84-002, Automated Digital Terminal System Preliminary Requirements [no longer available]). These criteria have been
    developed on behalf of the Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) to be used by NTE suppliers in the design of their NTE and by Telcordia
    Technologies, Inc., which will perform NTE analyses based on these criteria.

    The new microprocessor controlled NTE is likely to have an impact on the telephone company operations as great as the impact the
    stored program control switches (SPCS) had on switching operations. This document is intended as an aid for designing the new NTE to
    minimize the problems in integrating it with the present mode of operations, and to optimize the efficiency, safety and satisfaction
    derived from these operations.

    When using GR-228, you may need to refer to GR-63 (replaced PUB 51001) and TR-TSY-000825 (replaced PUB 54100). You may also
    want to refer to TR-NWT-000170 (replaced TA-365-23221-84-01) and/or TR-TSY-000174 (replaced TA-365-23221-84-002).
    Components of this product are:
    GR-228-CORE
    1 gr230
    3 GR-230
    4 Generic Requirements For Engineering Complaints
    6 PS72
    5 02
    4 1997/12/01
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TA-OPT-000230 Issue02
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $252.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_230_CORE.i02.pdf
    This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for the processing of Engineering Complaints that Local Exchange
    Carriers (LECs) or other service providers originate, transmit to, and expect responses from suppliers of telecommunications equipment,
    concerning defective products or services.

    This document replaces TA-OPT-000230 and TR-OPT-000230.
    Components of this product are:
    GR-230-CORE
    1 gr232
    3 GR-232
    4 Generic Requirements for Vented Lead-Acid Batteries
    6 PS74
    5 02
    4 2014/08/18
    9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
    2 TR-EOP-000232 Issue01
    7 NA
    1 PDF
    2 PDF
    8 $975.00
    4 Y
    8 PS
    5 N
    9 Y
    7 GR_232_CORE.i02.pdf

    GR-232 provides the Telcordia view of general descriptions and requirements for various types of lead-sulfuric acid, enclosed-jar
    type storage cells (pure lead and lead alloy) of 180 ampere-hours capacity and larger.

    Lead-sulfuric acid, enclosed-jar type storage cells, with pasted-plate lead/lead-alloy grid elements, are intended for essentially
    continuous float operation over the lifetime of the battery in battery strings containing six or more cells. The battery strings are
    required to be available for infrequent discharges of durations ranging from a few minutes to several hours. The discharges will
    generally be followed by recharge at constant voltage and then by more continuous float operation.

    Issue 2 includes:
    • Safety documentation requirements and language to align with the Global Harmonized Standard (GHS) formats and regulations
    • Information regarding additional battery safety documentation, which will assist end users with fire-fighting measures and chemical
    • safety issues and reporting
    • Requirements requesting definitive information on battery electrolyte properties at mixtures and concentrations specific to the
    • batteries under review
    • Recommended information on ohmic testing parameters
    • Revised references to other Telcordia documents that were published after GR-232, Issue 1 (e.g., GR-63, Issue 4).

    • GR-232 replaces TR-EOP-000232.

      When using GR-232, you may need to refer to GR-63.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-232-CORE
      1 gr239
      3 GR-239
      4 Generic Requirements for Indoor Telephone Network Interface
      Devices (NIDs)
      6 PS31 PS34
      5 01
      4 2003/10/17
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TR-NWT-000239 Issue02
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $655.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_239_CORE.i01.pdf
      GR-239, replaces TR-NWT-000239, Issue 2, December 1993, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been
      issued strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

      This GR presents the Telcordia view of the proposed generic requirements applicable to one-line, two-line, multiple-line, and
      retrofit indoor telephone Network Interface Devices (NIDs). The NIDs should be compatible with a Telcordia Client Company's
      telecommunications network and provide service capability consistent with typical Telcordia Client Company quality-of-service
      objectives for telephone service.

      The information in the criteria may be useful to anyone engaged in the manufacture of indoor telephone NIDs intended for connection
      to Telcordia Client Company facilities and/or equipment and to anyone who may purchase, operate, or use such equipment. The criteria
      and illustrative test circuits are used to analyze equipment with respect to the following:
      • Compliance with Federal Communications Commission (FCC), Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47, Part 68, Subpart F,
      "Connection
      of Terminating Equipment to the Telephone Network," Part 68, Subpart D,"Conditions for Registration", and Part 2, Subpart L,
      "Registration of Telephone Terminal Equipment."
    • Compatibility with Telcordia Client Company facilities
    • Potential safety hazards
    • Performance characteristics
    • Susceptibility to failure under normal and abnormal environmental conditions.
    • These criteria attempt to characterize the indoor telephone NID to a Telcordia Client Company as completely and accurately as possible.
      However, the electrical characteristics of the equipment and facilities used by a Telcordia Client Company to provide service in
      certain locations may differ from the characteristics described herein, and facilities described may not be available in all locations.
      Furthermore, conformance with all the specifications herein will not guarantee performance or compatibility in all cases. When cases
      arise that have not been addressed in this document, the Telcordia Client Company and equipment manufacturer should cooperate to
      resolve any resultant problems and discuss their decisions with a Telcordia representative.

      When using GR-239-CORE, you may want to refer to GR-1361-CORE, GR-974-CORE, TR-NWT-001048, GR-324-CORE,
      GR-1252-CORE, and IEC documents. You may also need to refer to GR-78-CORE, SR-NWT-2759, SR-332, GR-1089-CORE,
      FCC Code of Federal Regulations, Electronic Industry Association documents, American National Standards Institute documents, American
      Society for Testing and Materials documents, Underwriters Laboratories documents, and National Fire Protection Association
      documents.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-239-CORE
      1 gr246
      3 GR-246
      4 Telcordia Technologies Specification of Signalling System Number
      7
      6 PS14
      5 10
      4 2005/12/30
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TR-NWT-000246 Issue02
      7 2510
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $655.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_246_CORE.i10.pdf
      This document replaces TR-NWT-000246.

      Issue 10 of GR-246, Telcordia Technologies Specification of Signalling System Number 7, replaces Issue 9.

      GR-246 defines the procedures and protocol by which network elements in the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) exchange
      information over a digital signaling network. This enables wireless and wireline call setup, routing, and control.

      This document:
      • Contains the fundamental specification of SS7, which is then used as a basis for other generic requirements documents for
      Common Channel Signaling (CCS) network elements
    • Is based on the latest ANSI T1 Standards agreements and is critical for vendor implementations and carrier deployment
    • Ensures that SS7 messages are transported without alteration and ensures interoperability, potentially saving millions
    • Lists all the signaling point codes assigned to network carriers
    • GR-246 covers the following protocols:
      • Message Transfer Part (MTP)
    • Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP)
    • ISDN User Part (ISUP)
    • Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP)
    • Operation, Maintenance, and Administration Part (OMAP)
    • Issue 10 of GR-246 includes important changes, such as:
      • Addition of a new section specifying interworking between the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) and the ISUP protocol
    • Updated signaling point code assignment guidelines to assign point codes for CCS network use by carrier
    • Updated signaling point code assignment list.
    • When using GR-246, you may want to refer to GR-82, GR-317, GR-394, and/or GR-905..

      Components of this product are:
      GR-246-CORE
      1 gr2525
      3 GR-2525
      4 Generic Requirements and Design Considerations for Mechanized
      Distributing Frames
      6 PS36
      5 01
      4 2004/04/15
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $655.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2525_CORE.i01.pdf
      GR-2525, Generic Requirements and Design Considerations for Mechanized Distributing Frames, describes the Telcordia view of proposed
      generic requirements and design considerations for Mechanized Distributing Frames (MDFs). These generic requirements, if applied to any
      MDF, should meet the needs of a typical communications service provider.

      This document defines the technical and operational requirements for Mechanized/Automated Distributing Frame Systems cross-connect
      cabling used in the network equipment environments of a typical Local Exchange Carrier (LEC). This document should be used to determine
      the requirements and suitability for the standardization of these products.

      GR-2525 identifies those systems, units, and devices that will allow remote management (provisioning and maintenance) of a twisted
      copper pair cross-connect distributing frame. The Mechanized Frames covered in this document are intended for use in a controlled
      environment such as a Central Office (CO). Generic requirements are also included in the analysis of Mechanized Frames intended for use
      in uncontrolled remote locations.

      Distributing Frame (DF) Systems cover the entire support infrastructure of DFs including the following within a LEC network:
      • Conventional DFs Horizontal and Vertical, Double-Sided
    • Conventional FS's Single-Sided
    • Universal Modular Distributing Frames w/o Protector Integration
    • Universal Modular Distributing Frames with Integrated Protectors.
    • Golden Telephony, meaning the compatibility with existing frame equipment, support must be realized with any new frame deployment. Each
      frame must be interoperable with existing frame systems and must meet the same performance and reliability criteria as services
      transported over the existing facility frames today. A LEC's network currently utilizes the following generic types of frames:
      • COSMIC I (CommScope) Modular Frames
    • COSMIC II (CommScope) Modular Frames
    • CODS 2 (Marconi Corp) Modular Frames
    • CAM IV/V (Porta Systems Inc.) Modular Frames
    • DF-300 Type (Thomas & Betts) Modular Frames
    • Conventional 14.5-foot high B-Type double-sided Frames
    • Conventional 11.6-foot high B-Type double-sided Frames
    • Conventional 8.0-foot high B-Type double-sided Frames
    • Conventional 7.6-foot high B-Type single-sided Frames
    • Conventional 7.6-foot high B-Type single-sided Protector Frames
    • Conventional 8.0-foot high double-sided Low Profile Protector Frames
    • High Density Modular Protector Frame.
    • This document addresses the new generation of frames that may be required to integrate with these existing manual frame types. A
      transition support to any new mechanized frame/unit is expected to be developed and supported by the selected manufacturer(s). The
      products provided to install new frames and augmentations for these existing and new frames would be developed to a common standard
      Local Exchange Company through the use of a collaborative standardization process.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2525-CORE
      1 gr253
      3 GR-253
      4 Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport Systems: Common
      Generic Criteria
      6 PS24 PS21
      5 05
      4 2009/10/19
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 GR-1377 Issue00
      7 706
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $795.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_253_CORE.i05.pdf
      GR-253 is recognized as one of the telecommunications industry's premier sources of information on overall SONET generic criteria. Its
      proposed generic requirements are advocated by most committees and subcommittees of the world's leading standards organizations.

      GR-253 features over 1200 proposed generic requirements for:
      • Network Compatibility
    • Rates and Formats
    • Physical Layer
    • Network Element Architectural Features
    • SONET Network Element Operations
    • SONET Operations Communications
    • Described below are several of the more significant changes appearing in this issue of GR-253. In general, these changes should
      significantly assist the reader's understanding of the criteria in areas such as chromatic dispersion, wander generation, phase
      variations, and virtual concatenation.
      • Several sections were updated to reflect recent changes to the ITU-T physical layer and OC-768 jitter specifications.
    • The impedance/return loss criteria for STS-1 and STS-3 electrical interfaces were revised to align with the specifications in ITU-T
    • Rec. G.703.
    • Significant explanatory text was provided regarding the conditions under which the wander generation requirements apply, and on
    • issues related to the phase variation criteria and measurements.
    • Additions and revisions were made to address defects and failures that are relevant in virtual concatenation applications, and the
    • possibility that some SONET NEs will receive"Generic AIS" generated by OTN equipment.
      GR-253 helps establish a foundation for interoperability between different
      implementations of the functions described in the document.

      Issue 5 of GR-253, Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria, replaces Issue 4.

      GR-253 replaced TR-NWT-000253 and GR-1377.

      When using GR-253, you may want to refer to GR-63, GR-78, GR-199, GR-357, GR-418, GR-468, GR-472,
      GR-474, GR-496, GR-499, GR-1042, GR-1089, GR-1093, GR-1230, GR-1244, GR-1250, GR-1253,
      GR-1400, GR-1469, GR-2854, GR-2915, and GR-3000. You may also want to refer to GR-436, GR-449,
      GR-454, GR-839, GR-1031, GR-1312, and GR-1332.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-253-CORE
      1 gr26
      3 GR-26
      4 Generic Requirements for Controlled Environmental Vaults (CEVS)
      6 PS73
      5 01
      4 1994/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TA-NWT-000026 Issue02
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_26_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document replaces TA-NWT-000026.

      GR-26 outlines the Telcordia view of generic requirements for Controlled Environment Vaults (CEVs), formerly known as Below Ground
      Electronic Equipment Enclosures (BG/EEE). The stated requirements are designed to provide a suitable environment for telecommunications
      electronic equipment that is housed in below ground, prefabricated structures.

      The possible placement of Remote Switching Units (RSUs) and other environmentally sensitive equipment necessitates upgrading the
      internal environment of CEVs to levels maintained within central offices. These upgraded requirements are also included.

      When using GR-26, you may need to refer to GR-27, GR-57, GR-63, GR-209, TR-NWT-001011, GR-1089, GR-1252,
      ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 52.1, and EOS/ESD-DS-7.1. You may also want to refer to GR-43, GR-487, and/or GR-2832.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-26-CORE
      1 gr264
      3 GR-264
      4 Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber Cleavers
      6 PS32
      5 01
      4 2003/08/04
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TR-NWT-000264 Issue02
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $655.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_264_CORE.i01.pdf
      GR-264 replaces TR-NWT-000264, Issue 2, December 1993, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been
      issued strictly to conform with the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carriers a new issue number and
      date.

      GR-264 provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements and characteristics required of optical fiber cleavers that should be met
      in order to provide for satisfactory operations in a typical Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) or other service provider environment. It
      contains the information necessary to perform a product analysis on an optical fiber cleaving tool, including requirements for
      features and characteristics of the tool itself, methods of analyzing the quality of the cleave, and procedures for environmental
      testing to stimulate field conditions and field wear.

      The performance tests specified for analyzing optical fiber cleavers are intended to reflect a composite picture of various
      operating conditions to which these types of equipment and devices may be subjected. The cleavers to which these requirements apply are
      primarily intended for use in the Central Office and outside plant environments. The requirements are not intended for cleavers used in
      specialized lab applications. The generic requirements, objectives, desired features, and test methods are subject to change for any
      reason.

      To follow GR-264, you may want to refer to GR-955, GR-1095, GR-454, GR-839, GR-63, GR-765, and GR-1089.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-264-CORE
      1 gr268
      3 GR-268
      4 ISDN Basic Rate Interface Call Control Switching and Signaling
      Generic Requirements
      6 PS54
      5 01
      4 1998/07/28
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TR-TSY-000268 Issue03
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_268_CORE.i01.pdf

      This document addresses the protocol and procedural requirements on the local switching system for serving Integrated Services
      Digital Network (ISDN) Basic Rate Interface (BRI) customers. It addresses call establishment and clearing procedures for signaling
      over the user-network interface and interworking with existing networks. Interexchange ISDN calls are not covered except for packet
      mode calls and those calls that connect to non-ISDN users (i.e., users who are served through analog telephone lines, covered in
      TR-NWT-000444,Switching System Requirements Supporting ISDN Access Using the ISDN User Part). Calls to non-ISDN users are
      referred to as interworking calls.

      This document emphasizes basic call establishment procedures such as call setup, call progress treatment, connect, answer, and
      disconnect. Circuit-mode and packet-mode call procedures are defined. This document provides requirements for the National ISDN (NI)
      platform. It also contains requirements that are currently not supported by NI. This document is based on the fundamental concepts
      described in the ITU-T1-series Recommendations.

      The following documents were fully or partly replaced by GR-268: TR-TSY-000268, TR-TSY-000268-SUP01, TA-TSY-000035, TA-TSY-000790,
      TA-TSY-000791, TA-TSY-000792, TA-TSY-000794, TA-TSY-000795, and TA-TSY-000880, TR-TSY-000268 is erroneously referred to as
      "TR-TSY-000286" in GR-505; GR-268 is now the right reference.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-268-CORE
      1 gr27
      3 GR-27
      4 Generic Requirements for Environmental Control Systems for
      Electronic Equipment Enclosures
      6 PS34
      5 01
      4 1994/12/18
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TA-NWT-000027 Issue02
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_27_CORE.i01.pdf
      The Environmental Control System (ECS) is an electronic device with logic circuitry and/or microcomputer components. The ECS monitors
      key environmental conditions, such as temperature and humidity in various types of electronic equipment enclosures and regulates these
      conditions by operating heaters, ventilation fans, dehumidifiers, air conditioners (A/Cs), and other types of environmental
      conditioning equipment.

      This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for ECS's. In the Telcordia view, the generic requirements of
      this GR must be met to help provide for the safety of telecommunications equipment and personnel working within various types of
      electronic equipment enclosures such as Controlled Environmental Vaults (CEVs), Huts and Walk-In Cabinets.

      GR-27 replaced TR-TSY-000027 and TA-NWT-000027.

      When using GR-27, you may need to refer to ASTM D2197 and UL 94. You may also want to refer to GR-26, GR-43, and/or
      GR-1252.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-27-CORE
      1 gr2759
      3 GR-2759
      4 A View of Packaging, Packing, Palletization, and Marking
      Requirements
      6 PS71
      5 01
      4 2007/09/06
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 SR-NWT-2759 Issue03
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $795.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2759_CORE.i01.pdf
      GR-2759 provides requirements for the preparation and delivery of most hardware products provided to a telecommunications company. It
      defines the appropriate level of tracking and labeling information; including marking, packing, packaging, and palletization
      requirements. it also defines the necessary mechanical, electrical, and environmental protection needed to deliver the equipment to a
      telecommunications company.

      GR-2759:
      • Helps ensure safe and reliable delivery of products to telecommunications service providers and efficient product tracking and
      inventory controls
    • Reduces percentage of equipment received damaged from mechanical and electrostatic stress
    • Provides a document that telecommunications service providers can use in procurement contracts to specify requirements for product
    • marking, packing, packaging, and palletization of hardware from their suppliers.
      Key changes from SR-NWT-2759, Issue 3 include the following:
      • Provides detailed references for hazardous material reduction requirements for Europe and China
    • Specifies a requirement to minimize heavy metals in products and packaging and meet requirements of local jurisdictions in this
    • area
    • References the latest marking technologies, including RFID
    • Marking requirements now include two-dimensional (2D) symbol labeling references
    • Contains current references for industry, national and international guidelines, and
    • standards.
      Issue 1 of GR-2759, A View of Packaging, Packing, Palletization, and Marking Requirements, replaces Issue 3 of SR-NWT-2759.

      SR-NWT-2759 replaced TR-TSY-000081 and PUB-53295.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2759-CORE
      1 gr2801
      3 GR-2801
      4 Switching and Signaling Generic Requirements for Network Access
      Services to Personal Communications Services (PCS) Providers
      6 PS14
      5 01
      4 1994/01/03
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2801_ILR.i1F.pdf;GR_2801_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document describes the view of Telcordia on switching and signaling generic requirements to support 1.8 GHz Personal
      Communications Services (PCS's) providers. It is one in a series of Telcordia documents which define PCS Access Services that may be
      offered to PCS Service Providers (PSPs) by a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) or other service provider. The PCS Access Services described
      here are at the PCS Access-Service for Controllers (PASCs) and indirectly the PCS Access Service for Radio Ports (PASPs). The Switch
      capabilities described in this document are based on the PCS architecture described in SR-TSV-002459, Personal Communications
      Services (PCS's) Network Access Services to PCS Providers (canceled).

      The requirements in this GR cover the following network platforms and their associated interactions: Advanced Intelligent Network
      (AIN); Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); and Signaling System No.7 (SS7). To present a complete view of the necessary AIN,
      ISDN, and SS7 switch functionality to support PASC and PASP, this document: (1) identifies the appropriate existing requirements from
      other AIN, ISDN, and SS7 documents, when applicable, and (2) provides new requirements directly in this document. In either case, all
      AIN and ISDN capabilities identified in this document (new or existing) are represented as parts of AIN 0.1 or 0.2 and National ISDN
      1, 2, or 3.

      Revision 1 contains changes to the view of Telcordia on generic requirements to support Network Access Services for Personal
      Communications Services (PCS's) Providers.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2801-CORE
      GR-2801-ILR
      1 gr2803
      3 GR-2803
      4 Generic Requirement for a Packet Assembler Disassembler
      Supporting T3POS
      6 Other
      5 02
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2803_CORE.i02.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements and objectives for a Packet Assembler/Disassembler (PAD)
      supporting the T3POS protocol. T3POS is a transaction-oriented protocol that has been designed to provide Point of Sale (POS)
      equipment already in place, as well as future POS terminals, with efficient and economical transaction switching and transport service
      over a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) X.25-based Public Packet Switched Network (PPSN).

      The document also introduces a new Binary Local Mode and the capability to loop back in the Local mode. In view of the many
      similarities among the protocols used for credit/debit authorization, electronic medical claims, and electronic benefits transfer,
      T3POS eliminates the need for today's plethora of protocol nuances for transaction-oriented applications.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2803-CORE
      1 gr2804
      3 GR-2804
      4 Generic Requirements for a Universal Network-to-Server Access
      Method (UNAM)
      6 PS54
      5 01
      4 1994/01/11
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2804_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document presents the view of Telcordia on Universal Network-to-server Access Method (UNAM) generic protocol requirements. When
      implemented, UNAM is intended to help promote the network servers and hosts.

      Today's Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) packet network (including ISDN packet) provides facilities for connecting a variety of user
      terminals and devices to computers on the network in an efficient, flexible, and reliable manner. However, enhancements to the basic
      network are required to provide the service features expected by today's customers. The UNAM is a signaling protocol between the
      packet network and an adjunct processor (network server) that provides improved access control and security, access to such services as
      multicasting and virtual private data networks, and certain customer network management functions.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2804-CORE
      1 gr2813
      3 GR-2813
      4 Generic Requirements for Software Reliability Prediction
      6 PS72
      5 01
      4 1994/01/10
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2813_CORE.i01.pdf
      A prediction of reliability is an important element of Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) equipment selection. In the past, such a statement
      concerning reliability has implied hardware reliability. However, software's role in the operation of telecommunications equipment has
      become increasingly important.

      This Generic Requirements (GR) document presents the Telcordia view of attributes that a software reliability model is required to
      possess. It proposes a model framework that meets these attributes and thus may be used for prediction. In order to promote the
      continued development of improved models and to allow current models to be continually validated, this document also presents
      requirements for data collecting necessary for supporting software reliability prediction.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2813-CORE
      1 gr2815
      3 GR-2815
      4 Default Service on ISDN Basic Rate Interfaces Generic
      Requirements
      6 PS54
      5 01
      4 1993/12/07
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2815_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for Default Service for Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
      Basic Rate Interfaces (BRIs). Default Service provides a minimum level of service capabilities for both"new" and "existing" BRI lines.

      This document explains the need for Default Service, what functionality needs to be provided, and how that can be achieved using
      Telcordia requirements. This document provides information to the Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) to understand how an access line
      should be provisioned to provide Default Service. At a minimum, Default Service is intended to be used by LEC personnel to assist them
      during the installation process. Default Service can be expanded in the provisioning process so that LEC customers with voice
      terminals can call emergency, LEC repair, or customer service numbers.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2815-CORE
      1 gr2816
      3 GR-2816
      4 Generic Requirements for PPSN Network Performance
      6 PS53
      5 01
      4 1993/12/13
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TA-NWT-000301 Issue04
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2816_ILR.i01.pdf;GR_2816_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document replaces TA-NWT-000301.

      This document contains the Telcordia view of performance requirements for Public Packet Switched Networks (PPSNs). These
      requirements relate to performance as seen by the customer in connections between the customer and another customer or between the
      customer and a gateway.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2816-ILR
      GR-2816-CORE
      1 gr282
      3 GR-282
      4 Software Reliability and Quality Acceptance Criteria (SRQAC)
      6 PS65
      5 04
      4 2006/07/28
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TR-TSY-000282 Issue01
      7 96
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $655.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_282_CORE.i04.pdf
      GR-282 specifies the Telcordia view of the software reliability and quality acceptance criteria for telecommunications software in
      switching, transport, voice mail, service control, support systems, and more.

      Telecom service providers are making significant gains in deploying many new types of wireless, VoIP, and triple play services along
      with data-centric applications requiring precise criteria for accepting software from software suppliers and third party software
      vendors.

      The reliability and quality acceptance criteria in GR-282 are applied at system test, from system test to First Office Application
      (FOA), and from FOA testing to General Availability (GA). It includes acceptance criteria for all types of software including software
      patches, firmware, and maintenance releases; and standardizes the software acceptance process into a precise methodology.

      Issue 4 of GR-282 provides new acceptance criteria for the interoperability testing of:
      • Wireless software for Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Advanced Mobile Phone Systems (AMPS), Global System for Mobile
      Communications (GSM), and Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) systems
    • Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) using Session Initiation Protocol (SIP), Media Gateway Control (MEGACO)/H.248, and H.323
    • Protocols
    • Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Passive Optical Network (APON), Broadband Passive Optical Network (BPON), Ethernet Passive Optical
    • Network (EPON), and Gigabit Passive Optical Network (GPON).
      This document replaces TR-TSY-000282.

      Issue 4 of GR-282, Software Reliability and Quality Acceptance Criteria (SRQAC), replaces Issue 3.

      When using GR-282, you may need to refer to GR-1315, GR-284, GR-418. You may also want to refer to TR-NWT-000179,
      GR-474, GR-815, and GR-929.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-282-CORE
      1 gr2820
      3 GR-2820
      4 Integrated Customer Advance Networking Primary Rate Interface
      Signaling and Interface Configuration
      6 PS54
      5 01
      4 1994/07/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2820_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document defines the Telcordia view of Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Primary Rate Interface (PRI) generic
      requirements for a Stored Program Control switching System (SPCS) that supports the Integrated Customer Advanced Network (ICAN)
      feature. The main areas addressed in the generic requirements document are call control signaling,Layer 3 signaling protocol,
      interface configurations, and interface subscription parameters.

      Revision 1 provides clarification and modifications to the document, and is included with this document.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2820-CORE
      1 gr2821
      3 GR-2821
      4 Generic Requirements for ICAN Signaling System NO.7
      (SS7)-Supported Virtual Private Facilities
      6 PS14 PS54
      5 01
      4 1994/11/14
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2821_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic switching and signaling requirements for call control and call-related services
      for Integrated Customer Advanced Network (ICAN) calls on Signaling System No. 7 (SS7) supported Virtual Private Facilities (VPFs)
      between Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) switches. VPFs are shared trunk circuits supported with SS7 Integrated Services Digital Network
      (ISDN) User Part (ISUP) signaling used to provide transport of ICAN calls between switches.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2821-CORE
      GR-2821-ILR
      1 gr2822
      3 GR-2822
      4 Generic Requirements for Integrated Customer Advanced Networking
      (ICAN) Electronic Tandem Switching (ETS) Services
      6 PS14 PS54
      5 01
      7 REV01 - Dec 1994
      4 1994/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2822_ILR.i1B.pdf;GR_2822_CORE.i01r01.pdf
      Integrated Customer Advanced Network (ICAN) Electronic Tandem Switching (ETS) services provide numbering, routing, restrictions, and
      accounting features for ICAN calls. ICAN ETS services include ICAN Numbering Plan, ICAN Automatic Flexible Routing (AFR), Facility
      Restriction Levels (FRLs), Authorization Codes, Traveling Class Marks (TCMs), and Account Codes.

      This document contains switching and signaling generic requirements intended to support ICAN ETS services that can be provided using
      either the Stored Program Control switching System (SPCS)-based or Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN)-based option.

      Revision 1 provides clarification, modifications, and additions in the following areas for consistency with GR-2821,
      "Generic
      Requirements For ICAN Signaling System No. 7 (SS7)-Supported Virtual Private Facilities," and GR-2823,"PRI Common Element
      Procedures and Service Information Transport Generic Requirements": memory administration for SS7-supported Virtual Private Facilities
      (VPFs), and the use of the remote operations parameter for carrying Traveling Class Mark (TCM) in SS7.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2822-CORE
      GR-2822-ILR
      1 gr2823
      3 GR-2823
      4 PRI Common Element Procedures and Service Information Transport
      Generic Requirements
      6 PS54
      5 02
      4 1996/01/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2823_ILR.i2A.pdf;GR_2823_CORE.i02.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the Public Network Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Common Element
      Procedures to support Public Network PRI services including National ISDN-3 (NI-3) feature PRI Calling Name Delivery. The document
      also provides procedures for the handling of ISDN FACILITY messages by an Integrated Customer Advanced Networking (ICAN) Stored Program
      Control switching System (SPCS) in the context of ICAN Special Information Tone (SIT)-Call Associated Signaling (CAS). It also
      provides generic requirements for non-call-associated signaling for PRI based on ISO/IEC IS-11582 for public network services may be
      local or networked as well as for ICAN Service Information Transport.

      The NCAS signaling defined for PRI related to SIT is called SIT-NCAS.

      When using GR-2823, you may need to refer to TR-NWT-001268, GR-2820, GR-317, GR-793, GR-2821, and GR-2822;
      ITU-T Q.932, X.208, X.209, X.219, and X.229: and ISO/IEC IS-11582. You may also want to refer to GR-499, FR-439, GR-474,
      GR-477, GR-478, GR-511, TR-TSY-000519 (canceled), GR-820, TR-TSY-000821, GR-823, GR-833, GR-834,
      GR-858, GR-862, TR-NWT-000864, GR-981, TA-TSY-001041 (canceled), TA-NWT-001057 (canceled), TR-NWT-001219,
      GR-1367, and/or GR-2824.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2823-ILR
      GR-2823-CORE
      1 gr2824
      3 GR-2824
      4 Generic Requirements for Integrated Customer Advanced Networking
      (ICAN) Calling Number Identification Services (ICAN CNIS)
      6 PS54
      5 01
      7 REV01 - Dec 1994
      4 1994/07/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2824_ILR.i1B.pdf;GR_2824_CORE.i01r01.pdf
      Integrated Customer Advanced Network Calling Number Identification Services (ICAN CNIs) extends the Primary Rate Access requirements in
      TR-NWT-001187, ISDN Calling Number Identification Services for Primary Rate Interfaces, by allowing Primary Rate Interfaces
      (PRIs) to pass Calling Party Numbers and Redirecting Numbers (RNs) from the ICAN Numbering Plan on calls that use ICAN routing. ICAN
      CNIS also allows PRIs to pass Connected Numbers (ConnNs) from the ICAN Numbering plan on calls that use ICAN routing. ICAN CNIS also
      extends the Basic Rate Access requirements in TR-TSY-000860, ISDN Calling Number Identification Services, by allowing Basic
      Rate Interfaces (BRIs) in a Basic Business Group (BBG) to pass Calling Party Numbers, Redirecting Numbers, and Connected Numbers in the
      ICAN Numbering Plan on calls that enter the BBG over ICAN facilities.

      The existing PRI and BRI requirements for passing Calling Party Subaddresses and Redirecting Subaddresses are also extended to ICAN
      calls, and new PRI and BRI requirements for passing Connected Subaddresses on ICAN calls are added. Procedures for mapping these
      numbers and subaddresses from ICAN PRIs and ICAN BRIs to ICAN SS7-Supported Virtual Private Facilities (VPFs) (and vice versa) are also
      provided in this document.

      This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for Integrated Customer Advanced Networking Calling Number
      Identification Services (ICAN CNIs).

      Revision 1 replaces the Redirection Information Transfer (RIT) subscription parameter with the Service Information Transport - Call
      Associated Signaling (SIT-CAS) subscription parameter and deletes the RID subscription parameter. It also contains two modifications
      to the ICAN CNIS generic requirements that relate to ICAN Basic Business Groups (BBGs) and ICAN Electronic Tandem Switching (ETS)
      Services.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2824-ILR
      GR-2824-CORE
      1 gr283
      3 GR-283
      4 Simplified Message Desk Interface (SMDI)
      6 PS11
      5 03
      4 2002/02/28
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TR-NWT-000283 Issue02
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $655.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_283_CORE.i03.pdf
      Issue 3 of GR-283, Simplified Message Desk Interface (SMDI), replaces Issue 2.

      Message Storage and Retrieval (MSR) Systems provide call coverage for subscribers. When a call cannot be answered by a subscriber of
      an MSR System, the call is redirected by a call forwarding feature from the subscriber's Directory Number (DN) to another DN associated
      with the MSR System. Messages may be left by the calling party for the MSR system subscriber. In addition, the MSR System can provide
      internal procedures for its subscribers to exchange information between message files. The MSR System can also provide internal
      procedures to allow calling users to dial the MSR System directly to leave messages for a subscriber.

      The MSR System also controls a mechanism, called a Message-Waiting-Indicator (MWI), which informs the subscriber about the status of
      recorded messages. The subscriber may subscribe to a notification feature that makes use of the status of this MWI. Subscribers of an
      MSR System can retrieve messages left in a message file at the MSR System by calling the MSR System.

      The Simplified Message Desk Interface (SMDI) is an analog interface between the local Stored Program Controlled Switching System
      (SPCS) and an MSR System. Calls are distributed to the call answering points with normal call processing or using Multiline Hunt Group
      (MLHG) features. One or more MLHGs may be associated with the same set of SMDI data links. An identification scheme is assigned in the
      SPCS to uniquely identify each MLHG and each line in the MLHG, for which call information is provided over the SMDI data link. This
      identification information is provided to the MSR System, with the call information, to help the MSR System correlate the call
      information with a call terminating to a particular line.

      The SPCS also receives requests from the MSR System to control (i.e.,
      "operate" or "remove" ) message waiting indication or deliver
      generic messages to uses who are clients of the MSR System.

      GR-283 provides the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for an SMDI data link provided by an SPCS to support MSR
      capabilities. These requirements support service configurations in which the subscriber and the MSR System are served by the same SPCS.
      The emphasis in preparing these requirements has been to update earlier issues of this document. Issue 3 of GR-283 reflects changes
      incorporated into Appendix A to illustrate the use of more recent modem standards, specifically v.34.

      GR-283 replaced TR-NWT-000283.

      When using GR-283, you may need to refer to GR-30, GR-506, GR-1188, GR-303, GR-511, and/or GR-866. You may
      also want to refer to GR-1401 and/or certain ITU-T recommendations.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-283-CORE
      1 gr2830
      3 GR-2830
      4 Primary Reference Sources: Generic Requirements
      6 PS72
      5 02
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2830_CORE.i02.pdf
      This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements for equipment intended to function as a Primary Reference Source
      (PRS) for a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) or other service provider. The PRS is at the top of the digital network synchronization
      hierarchy, in accordance with the Digital Network Synchronization Plan, GR-436, Digital Network Synchronization, and ANSI
      T1.101. The most notable characteristic of the PRS is its long-term accuracy, which must be at least as good as 1 part in 10 with
      verification to Universal Coordinate Time (UCT).

      When using GR-2830, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-1089, SR-332, GR-378, GR-454, GR-474, GR-487,
      GR-499, TR-TSY-000827, GR-828, GR-839, and/or GR-2861. You may also want to refer to GR-499, GR-253,
      GR-284, GR-436, GR-820, GR-826, GR-836, GR-1244, ANSI T1.101, ANSI T1.315, and/or ITU-T G.811.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2830-CORE
      1 gr2831
      3 GR-2831
      4 Generic Requirements for ISDN Anonymous Call Rejection
      6 PS54
      5 01
      4 1994/03/31
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2831_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document contains the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for an Anonymous Call Rejection feature operating through an
      Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). This feature, called ISDN Anonymous Call Rejection (I-ACR), is a terminating call
      management feature. It is intended to enable the user to signal a Stored Program Control switching System (SPCS) to reject terminating
      call attempts to the user from calling parties whose Directory Numbers (DNs) are marked with a presentation status of"presentation
      prohibited."

      Revision 1 revises specific generic requirements in the document.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2831-CORE
      1 gr2832
      3 GR-2832
      4 Generic Requirements for Walk-In Cabinets
      6 PS73
      5 01
      4 1994/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2832_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document outlines the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for Walk-In Cabinets. These partially buried cabinets
      (approximately 5 1/2 feet above ground level) can be entered by the craft and are environmentally controlled. The generic requirements
      define the minimum engineering and technical requirements for metallic and nonmetallic cabinets, which house various types of
      electronic equipment (Digital Loop Carrier, Fiber in the Loop, etc.) in the outside plant environment. Included in the document are
      physical, chemical, and electrical requirements and the corresponding test methods for product analysis.

      When using GR-2832, you may need to refer to GR-1089, SR-NWT-2759, GR-57, GR-63, GR-209, GR-454, GR-839,
      TR-NWT-001011, GR-1252, and GR-1515; ANSI 1.4 and S1.18; ANSI/NFPA 70 (the NEC); ANSI/ASHRAE 51.1; ASTM D523, D638, D1171,
      D1535, D2197, D2794, D2863, D3928, G21, and G53; UL 94: MIL-STD-810E; and sti-P3 (Steel Tank Institute). You may also want to refer to
      GR-26, GR-43, and/or GR-487.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2832-CORE
      1 gr2833
      3 GR-2833
      4 Generic Operations Interfaces Using OSI Tools: Information Model
      for Integrated Digital Loop Carrier and Fiber in the Loop Systems
      6 PS41 PS31 PS23
      5 03
      7 REV01 - Dec 1997, REV02 - Dec 1998
      4 1996/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 GR-2833-DISK Issue02
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2833_ILR.i3C.pdf;GR_2833_CORE.i03r02.pdf
      The information to be exchanged across the operations interfaces in an open environment is formally presented in an information model
      in terms of managed object classes that are abstract representations of resources and services in a managed system, and their
      properties (i.e., packages, behavior definitions, attributes, operations, notifications, etc.). The purpose of the information model
      is to provide a common frame of reference for operations communications for Integrated Digital Loop Carrier (IDLC) and Fiber In The
      Loop (FITL) systems for remote network management. This information model is developed using an OSI/CMISE (Open Systems
      Interconnection/Common Management Information Service Element) object-oriented design approach and is consistent with the principles
      and format in International Standards Organization (ISO) Structure of Management Information (SMI) Part 1.

      This Generic Requirements (GR) document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for an operations communications
      interface for management of Integrated Digital Loop Carrier (IDLC) and Fiber-in-the-Loop (FITL) systems using the Open Systems
      Interconnection (OSI) management services and protocols. Specifically, this GR proposes an information model that provides a common
      frame of reference for operations communications between a managing system and an IDLC system and a managing system and a FITL system.

      Revision 1 covers the OSI/CMISE information model developed for IDLC and FITL systems. The information model can be used to support
      the development of OSI/CMISE-based management interfaces for IDLC and FITL systems under a variety of scenarios. The purpose of this
      document is to provide a platform for managing the variety of technologies and services supported with IDLC and FITL systems as these
      systems are deployed. A key goal for this document is to facilitate the development of Element Manager systems by providing the tools
      needed for OSI/CMISE element management interfaces in the distributed IDLC and FITL access system environment.

      Revision 2 of GR-2833 presents the view of Telcordia on proposed generic requirements for an operations communications interface
      for management of GR-303 Integrated Digital Loop Carrier (IDLC) and TA-909 Fiber In The Loop (FITL) systems using the Open Systems
      Interconnection (OSI) management services and protocols defined in ISO/IEC IS 9595 (Common Management Information Service Element
      Definition) and ISO/IEC IS 9596 (Common Management Information Protocol), respectively. Many reference managed objects that were
      sourced from standards are updated to reflect changes approved in the standards bodies. Other managed objects that were previously
      sourced from Telcordia information model document (GR-1042-IMD) are now replaced with managed objects from standards. Requirements
      CR4-81 [83v2], CR4-58 [58v2], and R4-52 [52] have been updated.

      GR-2833 replaced GR-2833-DISK, TA-NWT-001311, and TA-NWT-001415.

      GR-2833 was partly replaced by GR-836-IMD (objects supporting video services in a FITL or HFC system) and GR-1031.
      GR-303, GR-303-IMD (replaced TR-TSY-000303-SUP03), and/or GR-909. You may also want tor refer to GR-818, GR-828,
      GR-836, GR-836-IMD, GR-1031, GR-1042, GR-1102, and GR-2940; ANSI T1.247: ISO/IEC 10164-12, 10164-18, and
      10165-2; ITU-T G.774, M.3100, Q.821, Q.822, and X.721; and DAVIC 1.3, Part 6 (Digital Audio-Visual Council).

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2833-ILR
      GR-2833-CORE
      1 gr2834
      3 GR-2834
      4 Generic Requirements for Basic Electrical, Mechanical &
      Environmental Criteria for Outside Plant Equipment
      6 PS73
      5 01
      4 1995/09/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2834_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements covering basic electrical, mechanical, and environmental criteria
      necessary for outside plant equipment to perform reliably and safely in a service provider's network environment. It places in a single
      reference document criteria for equipment placed in the outside plant at locations such as controlled environmental huts, electronic
      equipment enclosures, huts, cabinets, and network equipment located outside at the customer premises.

      When using GR-2834, you may need to refer to GR-13, GR-63, GR-78, GR-1089, GR-2836, SR-NWT-2759,and
      SR-332, TR-NWT-001075, GR-1252, UL746C, the NEC and NESC, and/or various ASTM test methods. You may also want to refer to
      GR-974, GR-1361, and/or EIA-364-04-87.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2834-CORE
      1 gr2835
      3 GR-2835
      4 Generic Operations Interfaces Using OSI Tools - Information
      Model for WACS RPCU
      6 PS42
      5 02
      4 1995/09/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2835_CORE.i02.pdf
      This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic criteria for an operations communications interface between the Wireless Access
      Communications Systems (WACS's) Radio Port Control Unit (RPCU) and a management Operations System (OS) using the Open Systems
      Interconnection (OSI) management services and protocols defined in ISO/IEC IS 9596 (Common Management Information Protocol).

      Specifically, this document proposes an information model to be used for Operations System/Network Element (OS/NE) communications
      between a managing OS and the RPCU.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2835-CORE
      1 gr2836
      3 GR-2836
      4 Generic Requirements for Assuring Corrosion Resistance of
      Telecommunication Equipment in Outside Plant
      6 PS73
      5 01
      4 1994/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2836_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic criteria for assuring corrosion resistance so that equipment performs reliably
      in a service provider's outside plant network environment. It places, in a single reference document, the criteria needed to help
      avoid or defer corrosion that is caused by exposure to the effects of temperature, humidity, electrical power, and contaminants.

      Generic requirements documents describing specific types of equipment may specify one or more of the tests and criteria contained
      herein. In general, it is not intended that all requirements of this document be applied to all equipment.

      This document covers corrosion resistance criteria for electronic equipment, such as terminals, regenerators, multiplexers, surge
      protectors and maintenance devices if such equipment is operated in outside plant enclosures with uncontrolled temperature and humidity
      or on a customer's premises. It also includes enclosures for such equipment where their seals or coatings are intended for protection
      of equipment, or where painted surfaces must endure for aesthetic reasons. Corrosion resistance criteria for outdoor apparatus, such
      as bonding clamps and support hardware, and for cables are also included.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2836-CORE
      1 gr2837
      3 GR-2837
      4 ATM Virtual Path Ring Functionality in SONET - Generic Criteria
      6 PS24 PS21 PS58
      5 04
      4 1998/02/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2837_ILR.i4A.pdf;GR_2837_CORE.i04.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on proposed generic criteria for incorporating ATM Virtual Path functionality into SONET
      rings. SONET ATM VP rings are ring configurations with a SONET physical layer that may either carry ATM traffic exclusively or a
      combination of ATM and STM traffic. The former are supported by pure ATM ADMs and the latter by Hybrid ADMs.

      This GR introduces a modified terminology for SONET, ATM, and hybrid SONET/ATM entities and provides a general SONET ATM ring
      evolution overview. It further introduces functional models, discusses potential applications and operations functionality, and
      presents a set of ATM Virtual Path level requirements for SONET ATM VP ADMs. Early broadband ATM services may utilize existing SONET
      infrastructures in a Hybrid SONET/ATM network approach. In such situations, the Hybrid ADM provides a cost-effective evolution path to
      ATM networks. In other situations without an existing SONET infrastructure, pure ATM ADMs may serve in ring applications where only
      ATM traffic needs to be supported.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2837-CORE
      GR-2837-ILR
      1 gr2838
      3 GR-2838
      4 Generic Requirements for GetData
      6 PS16
      5 06
      4 2008/12/29
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 238
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $795.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2838_CORE.i06.pdf
      Issue 6 of GR-2838, Generic Requirements for GetData, replaces Issue 5.

      This document identifies generic requirements for Line Information Database (LIDB), LIDB Administrative System (LIDB AS), and Query
      Originator (QO) functionality needed to support processing of GetData. GetData provides flexible query and data element definition
      capabilities that allow LIDB owners to rapidly develop the query and data element definition capabilities needed to support new
      services.

      The GetData query is a service-independent LIDB query (and associated responses) that can be used to request specific data elements
      from a record in LIDB. To support the GetData query, QOs access the LIDB associated with a service key to obtain data element
      information for the line record identified by the service key. Also included as part of GetData is a mechanism that allows LIDB owners
      to define customized LIDB data elements over the LIDB AS-LIDB Interface. Information contained in these customer LIDB elements can then
      be retrieved by the GetData query.

      Issue 6 incorporates the following:
      • Support descriptions, format, and encoding rules for two (2) newly defined standard elements, which are retrievable from LIDB
      via GetData
      The two (2) new line elements are:
      • The Extended Name (EN) String which can store up to 60 characters of name information associated with a telephone number
      (TN), thus making available a longer version of the Generic Name String (currently limited to 15 characters)
    • The EN Presentation Indicator specifies whether the name associated with a Telephone Number (TN) is
    • "public" or
      "private."
      The Extended Name String and Extended Name Presentation Indicator may be retrieved for the CLASS Calling Name Delivery feature, where
      longer names could be supported in signaling and CPE, as well as for various GetData and IP-based applications.

      When using GR-2838, you may want to refer to GR-446, GR-954, GR-1149, GR-1158, GR-246, GR-508, and
      GR-1100. You may also want to refer to TR-NWT-000029, TA-NWT-000365, and/or GR-3697.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2838-CORE
      1 gr2839
      3 GR-2839
      4 Generic Requirements for ISDN Enhancements to X.25 User Testing
      Capabilities
      6 PS54
      5 01
      4 1994/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2839_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Packet Handler
      functions to support X.25 user testing capabilities. These capabilities are intended for use by ISDN customers and network maintenance
      personnel. The requirements present two approaches that allow subscribers to establish test calls and receive looped back layer 3
      packets.

      These tests allow the subscriber to verify that layers 1, 2, and 3 are operating correctly. Such testing can also be used by
      network personnel to verify that a new customer has connectivity through the packet network. The document also provides generic
      requirements for an independent echo station.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2839-CORE
      1 gr284
      3 GR-284
      4 Reliability and Quality Switching Systems Generic Requirements
      (RQSSGR)
      6 PS72
      5 01
      4 2003/09/30
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 TR-NWT-000284 Issue02
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $655.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_284_CORE.i01.pdf
      GR-284 replaces TR-NWT-000284, Issue 2, October 1990, but contains NO TECHNICAL CHANGES from that original document. It has been
      issued strictly to conform to the new Telcordia Technologies document format and GR process, and carries a new issue number and date.

      GR-284, Reliability and Quality Switching Systems Generic Requirements (RQSSGR), provides the Telcordia view of generic
      reliability and quality (R&Q) requirements and objectives for switching systems. It includes R&Q requirements and objectives for:
      system design and architecture; manufacturing and production; and in-service performance and product support.

      When using GR-284, you may need to refer to GR-474, GR-512, and GR-1252.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-284-CORE
      1 gr2840
      3 GR-2840
      4 Generic Requirements for Environmental Stressing Applied to
      Telecommunications Products
      6 PS72
      5 01
      4 1995/06/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      2 SR-3166 Issue01
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2840_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document replaces SR-3166.

      This document, developed with an industry group, presents generic requirements for environmental stressing applied to
      telecommunications products. Environmental stressing involves the application of multiple stress stimuli beyond specification limits
      to reveal latent defects in assemblies, sub-systems, and systems. Latent defects present in incoming parts and those created in
      manufacturing are turned into failure-inducing patent defects. Root causes are analyzed and the problems corrected before the products
      reach customers, thereby reducing early life failures. During environmental stressing, conditions do not simulate operating
      environments, and are outside product specifications.

      The objective of environmental stressing is to improve product reliability and robustness for the customer.

      To be most effective, environmental stressing should be performed as early as possible in the product life cycle.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2840-CORE
      1 gr2841
      3 GR-2841
      4 Generic Requirements for Operations Systems Platform Reliability
      6 PS72
      5 01
      4 1994/06/29
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2841_CORE.i01.pdf
      The role of Operations System (OS) functionality is rapidly transitioning from supporting background administrative, engineering,
      provisioning, and maintenance processes to supporting essentially real-time customer service provisioning, control, and network
      reconfiguration/recovery. The network's increased dependence on the OSs has focused attention on the need for their reliability.

      To ensure the reliability of OSs, an overall reliability assurance program that covers the entire life cycle of an OS needs to be
      established. Developing reliability requirements is the first step towards realizing such an assurance program.

      This document defines the Telcordia view of generic requirements for the reliability of the OS platform, which includes the hardware
      and computer operating system software.

      When using GR-2841, you may need to refer to SR-332, GR-284, and/or SR-TSY-001171. You may also want to refer to
      GR-63, TR-NWT-000179, and/or GR-1089.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2841-CORE
      1 gr2842
      3 GR-2842
      4 ATM Service Access Multiplexer Generic Requirements
      6 PS58
      5 02
      4 1996/11/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2842_CORE.i02.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for an Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Service Access Multiplexer
      (SAM) to support broadband services such as Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), Frame Relay, Cell Relay, native mode Local Area
      Network (LAN) interconnection and DS1/DS3 Circuit Emulation.

      A SAM is intended to be the element at the edge of a public ATM network to provide a cost-effective broadband service access
      platform. Its basic function is to aggregate traffic from multiple broadband service access interfaces and to deliver this service
      traffic to a Broadband Switching System (BSS) for service feature processing and switching. By aggregating traffic to provide a highly
      filled interface to a BSS, a SAM may be viewed as the broadband services' analog of a remote digital terminal. The SAM function
      should be realizable in either a stand-alone network element or in an integrated network element that incorporates additional
      functionality, such as a remote digital terminal or Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Add/Drop Multiplex (ADM).
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2842-CORE
      1 gr2843
      3 GR-2843
      4 Generic Requirements for Compressed Digital Video Test Sets
      (DVTS)
      6 PS32
      5 01
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2843_CORE.i01.pdf
      As broadband services are brought to the local customer's premises, many service providers are investigating the use of compressed
      digital video systems. As digital video systems are constructed, test equipment must be available to ensure that the system is working
      properly.

      A new type of test set, a Digital Video Test Set (DVTS) will examine the compressed digital video data stream to determine if it
      meets the content and quality standards required by the end equipment. The DVTS may be a mainframe test set with reconfigurable
      multifunctionality that enables it to be configured to match the needs of the end user, or it may be a single unit that contains
      built-in multifunctionality.

      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements and objectives for compressed Digital Video Test Sets (DVTS's)
      and includes generic functional design criteria, generic mechanical and optical requirements, desired features, and test methods for
      comparing the product against the stated generic requirements.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2843-CORE
      1 gr2844
      3 GR-2844
      4 Billing Measurements for Voice and FAX Messaging
      6 Other
      5 01
      4 1994/10/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2844_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides billing measurements in Billing AMA Format for the use of voice or fax messaging capabilities. Use of this
      format is intended to allow the measurements to be processed by a service provider's billing system. Examples of the types of
      capabilities for which usage measurements are defined include: sending voice messages to a person or another system, sending a fax, and
      making a wake up call.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2844-CORE
      1 gr2845
      3 GR-2845
      4 Generic Requirements for the ATM Network and Element Management
      Layers
      6 PS41 PS58
      5 01
      4 1994/06/24
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2845_ILR.i1A.pdf;GR_2845_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements supporting the management of Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
      based Broadband networks. Specifically, this document uses the framework models defined in the Telcordia document TA-TSV-001294,
      Generic Requirements For Element Management Layer (EML) Functionality and Architecture, and ITU Recommendation M.3010 to define
      ATM management functions at both the Network Management and Element Management level.

      When using GR-2845, you may need to refer to GR-474, TR-TSV-000773, TR-NWT-001112, and/or GR-1248. You may also
      want to refer to GR-385, FR-439, GR-826, GR-1110, GR-1114, GR-1117, TA-TSV-001294, GR-1343,
      TA-TSV-001408, TA-TSV-001409, SR-NWT-002268, SR-TSV-002290, SR-2671, SR-TSV-002675, ITU-T E.610, ITU-T M.3010;
      ANSI T1.654 (replaced T1S1.5/93-004), and/or several ATM Forum documents.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2845-CORE
      GR-2845-ILR
      1 gr2846
      3 GR-2846
      4 Generic Requirements for Coaxial Distribution Connectors
      6 PS36
      5 01
      4 1994/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2846_CORE.i01.pdf
      The coaxial connectors covered by this document provide the interface between coaxial aluminum sheath trunk and distribution cables and
      other broadband components equipped with 5/8 - 24 ports as described in Society of Cable Television Engineers (SCTE) documents
      IPS-SP-500, IPS-SP-501, and IPS-SP-502.

      These connectors are intended for field application. This document outlines the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for
      coaxial hardline connectors intended for the termination of coaxial aluminum sheath trunk and distribution cables and other broadband
      network components.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2846-CORE
      1 gr2847
      3 GR-2847
      4 Generic Requirements for Cable Penetration Seal Assembly for CEVS
      and Manholes
      6 PS73
      5 01
      4 1994/09/07
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2847_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for a Cable Penetration Seal Assembly (CPSA) used in Controlled
      Environment Vaults (CEVs) and manholes at cable and/or innerduct entrance locations to prevent fluid and/or gases from entering. The
      seal is established by compressing a sealing bushing between two plates to expand the seal bushing against the cable and/or innerducts
      and the opening in the CEVs and manholes.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2847-CORE
      1 gr2848
      3 GR-2848
      4 Broadband Multi-Services User-Network Interface Generic
      Requirements
      6 PS58
      5 01
      4 1994/06/30
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2848_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for a Broadband multi services user-network interface. Currently
      allowed service types are Cell Relay service, Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), Frame Relay service, and Circuit Emulation
      service.

      Although the interface is capable of supporting any service type, bandwidth constraints may restrict one service instance of a
      particular type at one time.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2848-CORE
      1 gr2853
      3 GR-2853
      4 Generic Requirements for AM/Digital Video Laser Transmitters,
      Optical Fiber Amplifiers, and Receivers
      6 PS32
      5 03
      4 1996/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2853_CORE.i03.pdf
      Recent advances in optical communication technology make it possible to contemplate the economic installation of AM/Digital video laser
      transmitters and receivers in interoffice, loop-feeder and subscriber loop distribution single-more fiber optic transmission systems.
      AM/Digital video laser transmitters and receivers are critical in determining the multi supplier compatibility and cost-effectiveness
      of these fiber systems.

      This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements and characteristics of AM/Digital video laser transmitters and
      receivers, including requirements for reliability, operations and surveillance.

      When using GR-2853, you may need to refer to GR-20, GR-63, GR-326, GR-409, GR-468, GR-833, GR-468,
      GR-1089, GR-1221, and GR-1312; EIA/TIA-455-A; and ASTM B117, D610, and G21. You may also want to refer to
      TR-TSY-000016, GR-78, GR-264, SR-332, GR-357, GR-418, GR-474, TR-TSY-000825, GR-831, GR-909,
      TR-NWT-000930, GR-1209, GR-1217, GR-1222, GR-1252, GR-2854, and SR-NWT-002855.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2853-CORE
      1 gr2854
      3 GR-2854
      4 Generic Requirements for Fiber Optic Dispersion Compensators
      6 PS32
      5 02
      4 1997/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2854_CORE.i02.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic criteria for dispersion compensators intended for use in Local Exchange Carrier
      (LEC) systems and other telecommunications networks. Generally, dispersion compensation is used to move the zero-dispersion wavelength
      of a length of Dispersion-Unshifted single-mode Fiber (DUF) from the 1310 nm region to the 1550 nm region. Dispersion compensation for
      1550 nm operation over 1310 nm-optimized cable plant is of increasing importance to many system operators for OC-192 (10 Gbps)
      transmission using Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFAs).

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2854-CORE
      1 gr2856
      3 GR-2856
      4 Generic Requirements for D-Channel Message Performance Monitoring
      and Control on Integrated Service Digital Network (ISDN)
      Interfaces
      6 PS54
      5 02
      4 1997/08/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2856_ILR.i2A.pdf;GR_2856_CORE.i02.pdf
      This document provides the Telcordia view of generic requirements to monitor and control the volume of D-channel messages on individual
      interfaces and common resources to prevent the overloading of a Switching System. These requirements are expected to reduce the
      possibility of Switching System overload. The requirements provide for D-Channel messages to notify Customer Premises Equipment (CPE)
      of Switching System congestion.

      It is expected that sophisticated CPE will react to these messages and be able to reduce their calling demands until notified that
      congestion no longer exists. If an overload does occur, the requirements are intended to provide a systematic approach to reduce the
      overload and help minimize the impact on customers.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2856-CORE
      GR-2856-ILR
      1 gr2857
      3 GR-2857
      4 RTPFR: Generic Requirements for the Signaling System 7 (SS7)
      Release to Pivot (RTP) Phase I Network Capability
      6 PS14
      5 03
      4 1999/12/31
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2857_CORE.i03.pdf
      This document contains the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for the use of the Integrated Services Digital Network User
      Part (ISUP) of Signaling System No. 7 (SS7) by a switch to support the Release to Pivot (RTP) Phase I network capability. The RTP Phase
      I network capability described in this GR is based on and consistent with the RTP network capability defined in T1S1 standards,
      American National Standard for Telecommunications - Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Release to Pivot (RTP). The RTP Phase I
      network capability permits an RTP switch that has received a call from another RTP switch, and has determined that the call should be
      connected to a destination switching system other than itself, to optionally release the call back to the switch earlier in the call
      path. Sufficient information is provided in the release to enable the new connection to be established from the earlier switch. The RTP
      Phase I network capability supports redirection services, such as sent-paid Directory Assistance Call Completion (DACC), that only
      require the signaling of a routing number in the release.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2857-CORE
      1 gr2859
      3 GR-2859
      4 Switch-Based Feature Interaction Requirements
      6 PS11
      5 01
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2859_ILR.i1B.pdf;GR_2859_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides a consolidation of feature interaction requirements for 13 switch-based features of high interest to customers
      of Telcordia. For each feature, the document provides a comprehensive yet precise feature interaction description followed by the
      feature interaction requirements as they exist for the 13 features in the existing Telcordia requirements documentation and selected
      new requirements, as appropriate, to address interactions identified since the existing Feature Specific Documents (FSDs) were
      published. Subsequent issues of this document may, subject to client direction, cover additional switched-based features.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2859-ILR
      GR-2859-CORE
      1 gr2861
      3 GR-2861
      4 Network Element Time-of-Day Time Transfer, Coordination and
      Synchronization Generic Requirements
      6 PS26
      5 01
      4 1994/10/10
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2861_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document presents the view of Telcordia generic requirements for continuous acquisition of Time-Of-Day relying on modern NAVSTAR
      Global Positioning System (GPS) technology along with standard Time Code Distribution interfaces and industry-accepted Time Transfer
      Protocols for synchronization with other Network Elements, Operations Systems, and local supervisory systems. Participating Network
      Elements (NEs) and corresponding management systems are expected to be accurately coordinated or synchronized to better than 1/2-second
      traceable to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

      The model architecture consists of low-cost GPS receivers located in Central Offices that continuously derive and supply Time-Of-Day
      to a distribution device that, in turn, supports connections to NEs and local computer systems equipped to meet the interface.
      Alternative Time Transfer Protocols are available to share and synchronize Time-Of-Day among local or remote entities not equipped to
      accept Time Codes.

      When using GR-2861, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-454, and GR-839. You may also want to refer to GR-78,
      GR-357, GR-378, GR-418, GR-487, GR-499, GR-831, GR-833, GR-1089, GR-1093, GR-1252, and/or
      GR-2830.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2861-CORE
      1 gr2863
      3 GR-2863
      4 CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Advanced
      Intelligent Network (AIN)
      6 PS14
      5 02
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2863_CORE.i02.pdf
      The Advanced intelligent Network (AIN) is an evolving, service-independent architecture that each Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) is
      deploying. AIN allows a LEC and other service providers to quickly and economically create and modify telecommunications services for
      its subscribers.

      This is accomplished by means of a set of reusable, service-independent network functions. The embedded base of digital switching
      systems and the Common Channel Signaling (CCS) network using the Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) protocol form the infrastructure for
      the AIN architecture.

      This document describes the Telcordia view of the following CCS network interfaces between a LEC's CCS network and an
      Interconnecting CCS Network (ICN) for AIN:

      • The interface when an ICN Network Access Point (NAP) sets up a call to a LEC Service Switching Point (SSP) for AIN
      processing.
    • The interface when an ICN carries a call between a LEC switch and a remote switch.
    • The interface when an ICN SSP queries a LEC SCP (Service Control Point) for AIN processing
    • The interface when an ICN SSP queries a LEC SCP for AIN processing on behalf of an Intelligent Peripheral (IP)
    • The interface when an ICN transports the non-circuit-associated messages between a network containing the SSP and the LEC network
    • containing the SCP
      Related Documents:
    • GR-1432
    • GR-1298
    • GR-1299
    • GR-1280
    • GR-1129
    • Components of this product are:
      GR-2863-CORE
      1 gr2864
      3 GR-2864
      4 Routing and Access Controller - NTMOS Interface Requirements
      6 PS41
      5 01
      4 1994/10/10
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2864_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document presents the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for an open interface between a Routing and Access Controller
      (RAC) and a Network Traffic Management Operations System (NTMOS).

      An RAC is intended to provide a dynamic routing capability for the circuit switched network. The NTMOS interfaces with network
      elements and is intended to support all Network Traffic Management (NTM) functions, including data collection and control activity.
      These generic requirements include the reference and surveillance data as well as the NTM controls available in circuit switching
      systems and the NTMOS that are needed to support dynamic routing and access control functionality.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2864-CORE
      1 gr2865
      3 GR-2865
      4 Generic Requirements for ISDN PRI Two B-Channel Transfer
      6 PS54
      5 03
      4 2000/03/06
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2865_CORE.i03.pdf
      Issue 3 of GR-2865, Generic Requirements for ISDN PRI Two B-Channel Transfer, replaces Issue 2.

      This document contains the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for Two B-Channel Transfer (TBCT) for a Primary Rate
      Interface (PRI) in an Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). This document includes both ISDN access signaling and Common Channel
      Signaling (CCS) Signaling System No. 7 (SS7) requirements.

      TBCT allows a user (controller) on a PRI to request the Stored Program Control Switch (SPCS) to connect two independent calls on the
      user's interface. If the SPCS accepts the request, that controller is released from the calls and the other two users are directly
      connected. Billing for the original two calls continues in the same manner as if the transfer had not occurred and the controller of
      the transfer was still connected to both calls. As an option, TBCT allows for transfer notification to the transferred users.

      TBCT differs from transfer for a Basic Rate Interface (BRI) as defined in GR-858 in that TBCT has two B channels in use during
      the transfer request. TBCT saves the PRI user from double trunking after the transfer is completed by the SPCS.

      Issue 3 of GR-2865 updates two items in Section 3.3. One item involves correction of a significant typographical error in Figure 3-6
      of Section 3.3.12. The other item involves clarification of requirement R3-93 [69] in Section 3.3.1.1. This requirement involves the
      coding of the Notification Indicator information element in the NOTIFY message used by the Notification to Controller feature.

      As a result, the intent of Issue 3 of GR-2865 is to provide one correction and one clarification to existing generic requirements
      from Issue 2, and not to introduce any new generic requirements on PRI Two B-Channel Transfer.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2865-CORE
      1 gr2866
      3 GR-2866
      4 Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber Fanouts
      6 PS32
      5 02
      4 2007/10/26
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $795.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2866_CORE.i02.pdf
      Optical fiber fanouts provide an efficient connect/disconnect capability for joining optical fibers. They are used primarily in Central
      Offices (COs), at installations on customer premises, and in some Outside Plant (OSP) applications within a suitable closure. Typical
      usage includes connecting equipment to the telecommunications plant, optical cross-connect points, and connecting optical test
      equipment to the plant.

      GR-2866, Issue 2 contains proposed generic criteria and characteristics required of optical fanouts used in the CO and OSP portions
      of interoffice, subscriber loop, and distribution networks.

      The Value of GR-2866:
      • Includes generic functional design criteria; generic mechanical, environmental, and optical performance requirements; and
      desired fanout features
    • Contains test methods for comparing the product features and performance against the stated criteria
    • Includes new developments in fiber fanout technology over the last decade
    • Applies to singlemode optical devices in today's networks
    • What's New in Issue 2?
      • The scope has been broadened to include other types of fanouts besides the ribbon fanouts that were discussed in Issue 1
    • Fiber media type definitions have been expanded to better cover the variety of potential media characteristics (e.g., reinforced,
    • unreinforced, fiber-coupled, and fiber-uncoupled)
    • Mechanical test load applications have been redefined to align the appropriate stresses with the expanded media type
    • definitions
    • Features the more user-friendly format of pulling the criteria and test methods together for easy referencing
    • Revised optical performance metrics based on industry input to align with current products on the market
    • Fire-resistance criteria have been aligned with recent changes in national standards and in Telcordia GR-63, NEBS
    • Requirements: Physical Protection

      Issue 2 of GR-2866, Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber Fanouts, replaces Issue 1.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2866-CORE
      1 gr2867
      3 GR-2867
      4 Generic Functional Requirements for a Speech Processing
      Peripheral (SPP) to Support Directory Assistance Automation (DAA)
      6 PS16
      5 01
      4 1995/01/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2867_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document contains the view of Telcordia on functional requirements for a Speech Processing Peripheral (SPP) in support of the
      Directory Assistance Automation (DAA) application. This application applies speech processing technology to partially or fully
      automate directory assistance calls (e.g., calls to 411 or 555-1212). The speech processing capabilities include play_announcement,
      process_voice, collect_digits, collect_voice, access_data, and establish_connection. These capabilities could be applied to other
      applications besides DAA going forward. In addition, this GR describes SPP performance, programmability and operations,
      administration, and maintenance requirements.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2867-CORE
      1 gr2868
      3 GR-2868
      4 Preliminary Requirements for SPP-SPP Client Interface in Support
      of DAA
      6 PS16 PS43
      5 01
      4 1995/03/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2868_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document introduces a layered architecture consisting of the Network Element Layer (NEL), the Element Management Layer (EML), the
      Network Management Layer (NML), the Service Management Layer (SML), and the Business Management Layer (BML), and five Management
      Functional Areas: Performance Management, Fault management, Configuration Management, Accounting Management, and Security Management.

      This document, by describing functions, will provide a common frame of reference for discussion with potential application
      developers of Telecommunications Management Network (TMN) applications. It is also intended to provide a functional description
      foundation for the specification of interfaces between functions in the five TMN layers.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2868-CORE
      1 gr2869
      3 GR-2869
      4 Generic Requirements for Operations Based on the
      Telecommunications Management Network (TMN) Architecture
      6 PS43
      5 03
      4 2001/04/02
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2869_CORE.i03.pdf
      Issue 3 of GR-2869-CORE, Generic Requirements for Operations Based on the Telecommunications Management Network (TMN) Architecture,
      replaces Issue 2.

      The Telecommunications Management Network (TMN) provides an architectural framework for the management of telecommunications
      networks and services. The TMN architecture continues to show increasing applicability and importance to the management of packet
      data networks that provide voice, data, and other more complex services. It describes the TMN Functional architecture framework based
      on a matrix of the TMN logical layers: Network Element Layer (NEL), the Element Management Layer (EML), the Network Management Layer
      (NML), the Service Management Layer (SML), and the Business Management Layer (BML), and five Management Functional Areas (MFAs):
      Performance Management, Fault Management, Configuration Management, Accounting Management, and Security Management.

      This document, by describing the currently understood set of functions for the TMN functional architecture framework, provides a
      common frame of reference and standard vocabulary for discussion and an improvement in understanding between key industry stakeholders.
      This is necessary in order to communicate along the value chain, where the end results are TMN deployments that provide competitive
      advantage to their service provider owners/users.

      This document identifies and provides descriptions of TMN functions and, through the use of example scenarios, identifies and
      characterizes interactions between those functions. The functions and interactions described in the body of this document are not
      intended to be technology- or supplier-specific, i.e., they are applicable to the management of different network technologies and are
      applicable to different technologies employed in the implementation of TMN applications.

      Issue 3 of GR-2869-CORE provides the following changes, enhancements, and new material:

      • Updating TMN principles based on evolving TMN standards (M.3010, revised in 2000, M.3013, issued in 2000, M.3400, revised in
      2000).
    • Revising EML MAF descriptions to restrict them to a nodal view of the NEs that they manage, in accordance with revised M.3010.
    • Reference to any knowledge of connectivity between NEs was removed from all EML MAFs.
    • Clarifying usage of TMN architectures throughout Requirements, Analysis, Design, Development of TMN implementations.
    • Updating common support services needed for TMN functions based on current developments within the industry.
    • Adding new material on Requirements, Analysis, and Design methodologies that are converging within the computer and communications
    • industries.
    • Adding new material on Unified Modeling Language and its constructs that are becoming more widely used to support Requirements,
    • Analysis, and Design methodologies.
      When using GR-2869, you may want to refer to GR-2954, GR-2991, GR-3010, GR-3014, GR-3024, GR-3025, GR-3026,
      and certain ITU-T and TMF documents.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2869-CORE
      1 gr2872
      3 GR-2872
      4 Generic Requirements for Trouble Administration Electronic
      Bonding
      6 PS41 PS76
      5 01
      4 1994/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2872_CORE.i01.pdf
      Electronic Bonding (EB) allows a Local Exchange Carrier's (LEC's) customer to connect their Operations Systems (OS's) with the LEC's
      OS's in support of specific Customer Network Management (CNM) applications.

      This Generic Requirements (GR) document focuses on one such application: Trouble Administration (TA). TA EB allows a LEC's customer
      to electronically report trouble, receive progress reports regarding trouble, and query the LEC regarding this trouble. It also allows
      the LEC to notify its customers about a trouble the customer had not reported.

      The GR sets forth the view of Telcordia on a communications interface for TA EB, the security mechanisms for the interface, and the
      information exchanged between the LEC and its customer across the EB interface. This information is based on applicable T1
      standards.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2872-CORE
      1 gr2873
      3 GR-2873
      4 Generic Requirements for Coaxial Drop Passive Elements
      6 PS34
      5 01
      4 1995/07/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2873_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for coaxial drop passive elements, specifically: Power Splitters,
      Directional Couplers and Taps, 75 Ohm to 600 Ohm Matching Transformers, Attenuators, and Terminations. It is important that each
      passive element meet the generic requirements in this document over a frequency band of 5 to 1000 Mhz. All elements listed above are
      for outdoor use and, as such, must withstand wide variations in climatic conditions including precipitation and ice, sand and dust
      contamination, airborne and household chemicals, and temperatures ranging from -40 degrees F to + 150 degrees F.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2873-CORE
      1 gr2874
      3 GR-2874
      4 Generic Requirements for Coaxial Drop Amplifiers
      6 PS31
      5 01
      4 1995/09/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2874_CORE.i01.pdf
      Coaxial drop amplifiers are used to extend broadband Radio Frequency (RF) carrier signal levels by overcoming losses in a coaxial drop
      caused by passive elements and cable attenuation. The coaxial drop amplifier discussed here is a bidirectional active element with a
      forward bandwidth from 550 MHz to 1 GHz, a reserve bandwidth of 30 MHz, and sufficient gain to insure an adequate signal level at the
      network termination. Also, the amplifier can accommodate gain equalization and attenuation networks.

      This document outlines the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for coaxial drop amplifiers used in the subscriber coaxial drop
      loop from mainline tap to network interface. These elements are intended for application to coaxial drop cable using F-connectors.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2874-CORE
      1 gr2875
      3 GR-2875
      4 Generic Requirements for Digital Interface Systems
      6 PS24 PS21
      5 01
      4 1996/05/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2875_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for metallic Digital Interface Systems (DIS's). It contains
      features, function, and performance requirements for DIS products. DIS's are manually operated devices used for the termination,
      connection, and signal test access of metallic digital and high-frequency analog signals. DIS products provide a low-cost physical
      interface for the following applications: Digital electronic cross-connect systems, head-end analog video, Synchronous Optical Network
      (SONET) STS-1 and STS-3 digital electrical signals, and an alternative to Digital Signal Cross-Connect (DSX) systems in traditional
      applications.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2875-CORE
      1 gr2876
      3 GR-2876
      4 Generic Requirements for Universal Test Sets (UTS)
      6 PS32
      5 01
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2876_ILR.i1A.pdf;GR_2876_CORE.i01.pdf
      As broadband services are brought to the local customer's premises, the sophistication of the physical telecommunications plant and
      transport systems has increased to a level where a multitude of different test sets are now required during construction and repair
      operations. The increased interest in hybrid fiber/coax systems further reinforces the concept of telecommunications personnel using a
      mixed array of metallic and optical fiber test equipment to test and trouble shoot these new communications systems. A Universal Test
      Set (UTS) may ease the logistical and operations problems for the communication technician.

      This document sets forth the view of Telcordia on generic requirements and objectives for UTS's that are used to characterize
      communications systems for a service provider. The document includes generic functional design criteria, generic mechanical and
      optical requirements, desired features, and test methods for comparing the product against the stated generic requirements.

      This GR also includes one or more Issue List Reports (ILRs) that details open or closed technical issues in the main document. The
      ILR(s) are automatically sent free of charge to the GR document purchaser.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2876-ILR
      GR-2876-CORE
      1 gr2877
      3 GR-2877
      4 Switching System AMA Requirements for Translations Audit Records
      (Tars)
      6 PS13
      5 01
      7 REV01 - Nov 1996
      4 1995/06/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2877_CORE.i01r01.pdf
      The generation of an Automatic Message Accounting (AMA) Translation Audit Record (TAR), under clearly defined circumstances, will
      significantly reduce the amount of manual effort required to verify billing system information with customer line translations.

      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for the generation of an AMA Translation TAR that is triggered
      by Recent Change Memory Administration Commands (RCMACs). The document addresses all customer line translations including, but not
      limited to, Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN), Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN)-capable, and CLASS features. Requirements
      are defined to account for changes to the customer's line translations through maintenance commands, and to initiate office-wide
      generation of audit records.

      Revision 1 contains the new requirements for mapping the switch's internal routing guide to Billing AMA Format (BAF) layouts.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2877-CORE
      1 gr2878
      3 GR-2878
      4 Generic Requirements for CCS Nodes Supporting ATM High-Speed
      Signaling Links (HSLS)
      6 PS14
      5 04
      4 1999/12/07
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2878_CORE.i04.pdf
      Issue 4 of GR-2878, Generic Requirements for CCS Nodes Supporting ATM High-Speed Signaling Links, replaces GR-2878, Issue 3, November
      1998. GR-2878 provides the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for 1.5 Megabit-per-second (Mb/s) Asynchronous Transfer Mode
      (ATM) High-Speed Signaling Links (HSLs) implemented at Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) narrowband Common Channel Signaling (CCS) network
      nodes. The HSLs described in this document shall use the ATM and Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer (SAAL) protocols currently defined for
      signaling channels in the Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN) environment for their data-link and link-layer
      functions, respectively, and Level 3 of the Signaling System No. 7 (SS7) protocol's Message Transfer Part (MTP) at the network layers.
      These links shall be implemented over dedicated DS1-rate (1.544 Mb/s) physical-layer transmission link facilities.

      The generic requirements provided in GR-2878 cover the SS7 protocol and message handling functions and operations capabilities
      applicable to Signaling Transfer Points (STPs) and CCS end nodes (i.e., including CCS Switching Offices (CCS SOs), Service Switching
      Points (SSPs), and Service Control Point (SCP) nodes) that implement 1.5-Mbps HSLs. In this document, an instance of these network
      elements is referred to generally as an HSL network element (HSL NE).

      Issue 4 of GR-2878 incorporates clarifications, revisions, and corrections to the generic criteria published in Issue 3, as well as
      to introduce new functional requirements, based on funder and industry input.

      Principle revisions concern new requirements and objectives clarifying criteria for the HSL NE's use of Normal Link Set Activation
      versus Emergency Link Set Restart procedures, as defined under the SS7 protocol, which determine whether normal or emergency proving is
      used on the activation or restoration of individual HSLs.

      For a detailed list of the substantive revisions, please refer to Section 1.6.4 of this document.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2878-CORE
      1 gr2879
      3 GR-2879
      4 Generic Requirements for Aerial Hybrid Coaxial Drop/Twisted Pair
      Aerial Drop Cable
      6 PS36
      5 01
      4 1995/11/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2879_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic engineering and technical requirements for Aerial Hybrid Coaxial Drop/Twisted
      Pair Aerial Drop Cable, that should meet the typical needs of a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) or other service provider. Included in
      this GR are functional design criteria, generic mechanical and electrical requirements, desired features, and test methods for
      comparing the product against the stated generic requirements.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2879-CORE
      1 gr2882
      3 GR-2882
      4 Generic Requirements for Optical Isolators and Circulators
      6 PS32
      5 01
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2882_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic criteria for single-mode fiber optic isolators and circulators intended for use
      in Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) systems and other telecommunications networks. An optical isolator is a two-port passive component
      that allows light (in a given wavelength range) to pass through with low attenuation in one direction, while isolating (providing a
      high loss for) light propagating in the reverse direction.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2882-CORE
      1 gr2883
      3 GR-2883
      4 Generic Requirements for Fiber Optic Filters
      6 PS32
      5 01
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2883_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic criteria for single-mode fiber optic filters for use in Local Exchange Carrier
      (LEC) and other telecommunications networks employing optical communications systems that utilize Optical Fiber Amplifiers (OFAs),
      Wavelength Division Multiplex (WDM) systems, Dense WDM (DWDM) systems, and nonintrusive testing of optical networks using Remote Fiber
      Test Systems (RFTSs).

      When using GR-2883, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-20, GR-326, GR-409, GR-1221, ASTM B117, ASTM B827, ASTM
      D610, ASTM D2863, ASTM G21, MIL-STD-883-D, UL94, and various EIA/TIA FOTPs. You may also want to refer to GR-78, SR-332,
      GR-357, GR-765, GR-1209, GR-1252, and/or GR-1295.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2883-CORE
      1 gr2884
      3 GR-2884
      4 Generic Requirements for Multi-Bore Conduit
      6 PS36
      5 01
      4 1995/07/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2884_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for Multi-Bore Conduit intended for use in underground
      applications. Multibore (sometimes known as"multicell") conduit consists of conduit with preinstalled or coextruded plastic pipes
      (innerducts). They are provided in rigid, usually straight, sections that are mechanically interconnected in the field.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2884-CORE
      1 gr2886
      3 GR-2886
      4 Generic Requirements for Tools Used for Connectorizing
      Distribution and Drop Broadband Coaxial Cable
      6 PS36
      5 01
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2886_CORE.i01.pdf
      As more and more coaxial cable is placed by telecommunications companies and other service providers, good quality tools are required
      for cutting, stripping, coring, cleaning, and connecting the cable.

      This document outlines the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for tools used for connectorizing distribution and drop
      broadband coaxial cable used in a typical Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) network environment. These tools are used with various types of
      distribution cables and series 59, 6, 7, and 11drop coaxial cables. The document includes the physical, mechanical, chemical, and
      environmental requirements and the corresponding test methods for product analysis.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2886-CORE
      1 gr2887
      3 GR-2887
      4 Generic Requirements for Tools Used for Installing Broadband
      Coaxial Cable Networks
      6 PS36
      5 01
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2887_CORE.i01.pdf
      As more and more coaxial cable is placed by telecommunications companies and other service providers, good quality tools are required
      to install various types of distribution and drop type coaxial cable.

      This document outlines the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for tools used for installing broadband coaxial cable networks
      used in a typical Local Exchange Carrier or other service providers' network environment.

      The document includes the physical, mechanical, and environmental requirements and the corresponding test methods for product
      analysis.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2887-CORE
      1 gr2888
      3 GR-2888
      4 Generic Requirements for Hardware Used to Install Broadband
      Coaxial Cable Networks
      6 PS36
      5 01
      4 1995/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2888_CORE.i01.pdf
      There has always been a need for good quality hardware to install metallic/fiber telecommunications cable, and the installation of
      Coaxial Cable also requires hardware. Although some of the hardware is unique to coaxial cable, it still should meet the quality and
      reliability standards that are required of existing hardware.

      This document outlines the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for hardware used to install broadband coaxial cable networks
      used in a typical Local Exchange Carrier or other service providers' network environment. The document includes the physical,
      mechanical, chemical, and environmental requirements and the corresponding test
      methods for product analysis.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2888-CORE
      1 gr2889
      3 GR-2889
      4 Generic Requirements for the Coaxial Port
      6 PS36
      5 01
      4 1995/07/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2889_CORE.i01.pdf
      The coaxial F-port covered by this document facilitates the termination of Coaxial Connectors (Series 59, 6, 7 and 11), as described in
      GR-1503, Generic Requirements for Coaxial Connectors (Series 59, 6, 7, and 11), to other broadband coaxial components. The
      F-port is typically integrated into broadband drop passive and drop active components. The F-port is designed to accept screw-on or
      push-on coaxial connectors, thereby providing a robust mechanical bond and minimal Radio Frequency (RF) energy egress or ingress.
      Outdoor and indoor applications are addressed.

      This document outlines the view of Telcordia on generic requirements for a 75 ohm coaxial F-port intended for mating to 75 ohm
      coaxial feedthru and pin connectors.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2889-CORE
      1 gr2890
      3 GR-2890
      4 Active Network Interface Device (Residential Gateway)
      6 PS31 PS61 PS34
      5 02
      4 1996/11/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2890_CORE.i02.pdf
      This document provides the Telcordia view of the architecture and design of a residential gateway, with a strong emphasis on structure
      and functionality. Gateways solve new problems now being experienced with distributing digital signals within the home, which may
      require format translation at the point of entry, as well as blocking ingress of noise generated inside the home. The distribution
      problem exists for all access platforms, and the ingress problem exists for Hybrid Fiber Coax, and possibly for the analog overlay
      common to most"switched digital video" installations. The gateway also permits smooth integration of signals delivered via several
      access technologies, such as coax, fiber, twisted pair, and wireless.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2890-CORE
      1 gr2891
      3 GR-2891
      4 SONET ATM Virtual Path Digital Cross-Connect Systems - Generic
      Criteria
      6 PS24 PS21 PS58
      5 03
      4 1998/12/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2891_CORE.i03.pdf
      This document provides the view of Telcordia on proposed generic criteria for incorporating ATM Virtual Path (VP) functionality into
      SONET cross-connects. The ATM VP functionality can be incorporated into existing SONET DCS equipment, or new cross-connect equipment
      can be developed with this capability, including pure ATM VP Cross-Connects (VPX's) that use SONET as physical layer medium.

      This GR provides a general cross-connect evolution overview, introduces functional models, discusses potential application and
      operations functionality, and presents a set of ATM VP level requirements for SONET ATM Cross-Connects. Early broadband ATM services
      may utilize existing SONET infrastructures in a Hybrid SONET/ATM network approach. In such situations, the Hybrid Cross-Connect
      provides a cost-effective evolution path to ATM networks. In other situations without an existing SONET infrastructure, pure ATM VP
      Cross-Connects may serve in network applications where only ATM traffic needs to be supported.

      This third release expands on the ATM functionality of cross-connects. It introduces a modified and more precise terminology with
      an extensive set of definitions pertaining to SONET, ATM, and Hybrid SONET/ATM entities. It further expands on ATM VPX's with STM
      capabilities, various gateway cross-connects, and network traffic management.

      When using GR-2891, you may need to refer to GR-253, GR-1230, GR-1248, GR-1400, GR-2996, GR-418, GR-828,
      GR-1110, TR-NWT-001112, GR-1244, and/or GR-2837. You may also want to refer to GR-436, TA-TSV-001294,
      GR-2842, GR-2869, GR-2955, GR-2980, and GR-3009, and ANSI T1.107, T1.210, T1.640, ITU-T I.630, M.3010, and
      Q6/13.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2891-CORE
      1 gr2892
      3 GR-2892
      4 Switching and Signaling Generic Requirements for Toll-Free
      Service Using AIN
      6 PS52 PS51
      5 01
      4 1995/04/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2892_CORE.i01.pdf
      This document describes the view of Telcordia on switching and signaling generic requirements for the Advanced Intelligent Network
      (AIN) implementation of Toll-Free Service in the exchange network.

      The document contains a detailed description of Toll-Free Service and specifies how AIN functionality is used in conjunction with
      other existing network functionality to construct this service.

      When using GR-2892, you may need to refer to GR-690, TR-NWT-001284 (canceled), TR-NWT-001285 (canceled), GR-1298,
      GR-317, GR-394, TR-NWT-000444, GR-474, and/or GR-533. You may also want to refer to GR-246, GR-477,
      GR-478, GR-506, GR-606, GR-1364, and/or SR-NWT-002251.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2892-CORE
      1 gr2897
      3 GR-2897
      4 Generic Requirements For ATM Network View CMIP Interface Model
      6 PS43
      5 03
      4 1999/01/02
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2897_CORE.i03.pdf
      This document presents the Telcordia view of proposed generic requirements for operations interfaces used to manage Asynchronous
      Transfer Mode (ATM) subnetworks. This document describes a set of information modeling objects needed to support the exchange of ATM
      subnetwork management information over a generic operations interface. The information model object set described here applies to
      operations interfaces that expose an ATM Network View for subnetwork management within an administration, including interfaces between
      a Network Management System and the Element Management Systems managing ATM subnetworks.

      This reissue of GR-2897-CORE includes updates that support VP level protection (1+1); inclusion of SVC access interface support in
      the Network View description of ATM Network View applications for Customer Network Management (CNM) and Intercarrier Management;
      simplification of ATM Network View interface; and enhancements to ATM Forum Network View object classes in support of simplification
      and alignment with ATM Forum Logical Management Information Base (MIB).
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2897-CORE
      1 gr2898
      3 GR-2898
      4 Generic Requirements for Fiber Demarcation Boxes
      6 PS32
      5 02
      4 1999/12/15
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $455.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2898_CORE.i02.pdf
      Fiber demarcation boxes provide an interface between the telecommunication provider's network and individual customer cables. Fiber
      demarcation boxes are typically located on the customer's premises in controlled environments such as building basements or
      telecommunications equipment closets. However, as demand for field access to fiber networks grows, and as fiber components become more
      robust, fiber demarcation boxes will become increasingly more common in the outside plant. Fiber demarcation boxes typically provide
      one or more of the following features or functions: a patch panel for performing fiber rearrangement, interconnect between the
      telecommunications plant and customer service cables, rack-mountable fiber distributing frame and shelves, fiber test access point, and
      splice storage and management facility for fiber pigtails.

      GR-2898, Generic Requirements for Fiber Demarcation Boxes, sets for the Telcordia view on generic requirements and design
      considerations for fiber demarcation boxes to meet the needs of telecommunications network providers.

      Issue 2 reflects comments and suggestions received by users of Issue 1. Information has been reorganized to improve ease of use, and
      terms and descriptions have been clarified in response to those comments. Additional background information has been added to
      incorporate FITL descriptive attenuation changes that indicate excessive stress on the optical cable.

      When using GR-2898, you may need to refer to GR-63, GR-209, GR-326, GR-409, GR-454, GR-487, GR-499,
      GR-769, GR-1081, GR-1435, GR-2834, GR-2836, and GR-2919; ASTM A153, B117, D638, D659, D660, D661, D714, D2197,
      D2244, D2444, D2794, D2863, D3928, E119, E145, G21, and G53; and UL 94. You may also want to refer to GR-20, GR-449,
      GR-771, TR-TSY-000843, GR-950, TR-NWT-001121, and/or TR-NWT-001322.

      Components of this product are:
      GR-2898-CORE
      1 gr2899
      3 GR-2899
      4 Generic Criteria for SONET Two-Channel (1310/1550-NM) Wavelength
      Division Multiplexed Systems
      6 PS24 PS21
      5 01
      4 1995/09/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N
      9 Y
      7 GR_2899_CORE.i01.pdf
      This Generic Requirements document provides the view of Telcordia on generic criteria Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) two-channel
      (1310/1550 nm) Wavelength Division Multiplexed (WDM) systems. Specifically, physical layer criteria and operations criteria are
      provided to support 1310/1550 nm, point-to-point, non-optically amplified SONET WDM over dispersion-unshifted fiber, where both
      channels are SONET format and operate at or below the OC-48 rate.

      When using GR-2899, you may need to refer to GR-253, GR-326, GR-765, GR-910, GR-1209, GR-1312, and/or
      GR-2854. You may also want to refer to GR-20, GR-1221, GR-253, ANSI/EIA/TIA-559, an/or ITU-T G.957.
      Components of this product are:
      GR-2899-CORE
      1 gr2900
      3 GR-2900
      4 SONET Asymmetric Multiples Functional Criteria
      6 PS24 PS21
      5 01
      4 1995/09/01
      9 Industry Requirements And Standards (RS)
      7 NA
      1 PDF
      2 PDF
      8 $252.00
      4 Y
      8 PS
      5 N